WO2023120387A1 - Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023120387A1
WO2023120387A1 PCT/JP2022/046296 JP2022046296W WO2023120387A1 WO 2023120387 A1 WO2023120387 A1 WO 2023120387A1 JP 2022046296 W JP2022046296 W JP 2022046296W WO 2023120387 A1 WO2023120387 A1 WO 2023120387A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
compounds
compound
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/046296
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
憲晃 佐藤
俊佑 柳
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2023120387A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023120387A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/34Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • C08F265/06Polymerisation of acrylate or methacrylate esters on to polymers thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition containing a coloring material.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the resin composition.
  • Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using resin compositions containing colorants.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a pigment colorant composition which is an oily pigment dispersion containing a pigment, a liquid medium and a polymer dispersant, (1)
  • the polymeric dispersant is an anionic cationic AB block copolymer composed of 90% by mass or more of a methacrylate-based monomer and composed of an anionic A block and a cationic B block, (2)
  • a block is composed of at least methacrylic acid, has an acid value of 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, and has a number average molecular weight of 3000 to 20000,
  • the B block is composed of at least a methacrylate-based monomer having an amino group, has an amine value of 50 to 400 mgKOH/g, and an average molecular weight of the B polymer block of 500 to 8000, and the AB block.
  • the content of the B block in the copolymer is 5 to 50% by mass, (4)
  • the invention relates to a pigment colorant composition in which the dispersity (weight average content/number average molecular weight) indicating the molecular weight distribution of the AB block copolymer is 1.6 or less.
  • a block polymer containing an anionic A block and a cationic B block as disclosed in Patent Document 1 tends to aggregate during storage of the resin composition, It was found that defects tend to occur in the resulting film.
  • the ionic sites are biased due to acid-base interaction, and due to the occurrence of such ionic site biases, aggregates are easily aggregated and the block polymers are strongly aggregated. It is presumed that defects are likely to occur in the resulting film because of the occurrence of
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of forming a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • a resin composition containing a coloring material A and a resin B The coloring material A contains a pigment
  • the resin B includes a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a random copolymer b1 containing a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • Composition. ⁇ 2> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value to base value ratio of 0.2 to 20.
  • ⁇ 3> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the repeating unit b-3 has a molecular weight of 350 to 1,500.
  • ⁇ 4> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the polyalkyleneoxy structure is a polyethyleneoxy structure.
  • ⁇ 5> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has a base value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  • the random copolymer b1 further includes a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group, and a group containing a condensed ring.
  • ⁇ 9> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the content of the random copolymer b1 in the resin B is 1 to 30% by mass.
  • ⁇ 12> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 13> A film obtained from the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 14> An optical filter comprising the film according to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 15> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 16> An image display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 13>.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a resin composition capable of forming a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. Also, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices can be provided.
  • is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acryl represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) ) acryloyl refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • the resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition containing a coloring material A and a resin B,
  • the coloring material A contains a pigment
  • the resin B contains a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a random copolymer b1 containing a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group and the repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group. It is speculated that they interact and adsorb to the pigment.
  • the random copolymer b1 further includes a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, the polyalkyleneoxy structure acts as a steric repulsion group to inhibit adsorption between pigments. It is speculated that defects can be suppressed.
  • the random copolymer b1 is a random copolymer containing a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Therefore, in the resin composition, the acid-base interaction between the random copolymer b1 and between the random copolymer b1 and another resin is likely to occur reversibly, and it is assumed that the soft aggregation state is easily maintained. . For this reason, it is presumed that during storage of the resin composition, aggregation of the resin component can be suppressed, and the occurrence of microprecipitation can be suppressed.
  • the random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, so that the solubility in solvents can be increased and the softening point can be lowered, so that the resin composition Even if a microprecipitate originating from the random copolymer b1 occurs in it, it is presumed that it softens or dissolves due to heating during film formation, etc., and fits into the film. For these reasons, it is presumed that the use of the resin composition of the present invention enables formation of a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed.
  • the random copolymer b1 contains an acid group and a basic group, it tends to be unevenly distributed on the substrate side of the film during film formation, and the coloring material It is presumed that the adsorption of development residue components, such as, to the substrate can be suppressed. Further, since the random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, it has good compatibility with the developer and is easily removed during development. For these reasons, the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the generation of development residues.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters.
  • the optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for a solid-state imaging device. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • color filters include filters having colored pixels that transmit light of specific wavelengths.
  • colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels are preferred.
  • the colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a chromatic coloring material.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter preferably exists in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm.
  • the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. Also, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less.
  • the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , more preferably 70-450, and particularly preferably 100-400.
  • a near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing colorant.
  • a near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least part of near-infrared rays.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least part of visible light and transmits at least part of near-infrared light.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter has a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and has a transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. Filters satisfying spectral characteristics with a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) are preferred.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a light shielding film.
  • the solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains coloring material A (hereinafter referred to as coloring material).
  • coloring material A examples include white colorants, black colorants, chromatic colorants, and near-infrared absorption colorants.
  • a pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material.
  • the white colorant includes not only a pure white colorant but also a light gray colorant close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but an organic pigment is preferred from the viewpoints of color variation, ease of dispersibility, safety, and the like.
  • the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from chromatic pigments and near-infrared absorbing pigments, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle size in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, even more preferably 1 to 15 nm.
  • the crystallite size can be obtained from the half width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffractometer, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula.
  • the crystallite size of pigments and pigment derivatives can be adjusted by known methods such as adjustment of production conditions and pulverization after production.
  • the pigment and pigment derivative preferably have a specific surface area of 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
  • the value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative.
  • Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Details of the pigment derivative will be described later.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye.
  • a dye When a dye is included, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one dye may be used, or two or more dyes may be used in combination.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention substantially does not contain a dye. According to this aspect, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. “Substantially free of dye” means that the content of dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no dye. .
  • chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples thereof include yellow colorants, orange colorants, red colorants, green colorants, purple colorants, and blue colorants.
  • the chromatic colorant is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and still more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
  • red colorants examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo It is preferably a compound, more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Also, the red colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • red colorant examples include C.I. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments.
  • a red colorant a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No.
  • 10-2019-0140741 anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 A perylene compound described in JP-A-079396, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702, and the like can also be used.
  • a red colorant a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269 and 272 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264 are more preferred.
  • green colorants examples include phthalocyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, etc., preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments. Also, the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • green colorants include C.I. I. Green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65 and 66 are included. Further, as a green colorant, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as a green colorant, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No.
  • 106909027 the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in WO 2012/102395, described in JP 2019-008014.
  • the core-shell type dyes described in can also be used.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62 and 63 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Greens 36 and 58 are more preferred. Used.
  • orange colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
  • yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds.
  • Specific examples of the yellow coloring material include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166,
  • a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used.
  • Quinophthalone compounds quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-050420, JP-A-2008-031281
  • the quinophthalone compound described, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-B-48-032765, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6607427, and JP-A-2019-073695 The quinophthalone compound described, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-B-48-032765, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6607427, and JP-A-2019-073695.
  • the methine dye described the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073696, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073697, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073698, Korean Patent No. 10- Compounds described in 2014-0034963, compounds described in JP 2017-095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Patent No.
  • JP 2020-033525 Compounds described in JP-A-2020-033524, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033523, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033522, JP-A-2020-033521 Compounds described in, compounds described in WO 2020/045200, compounds described in WO 2020/045199, compounds described in WO 2020/045197, described in JP 2020-093994
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP1) include compounds described in paragraph number 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 .
  • Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom.
  • n and m are integers from 0 to 6; p is an integer from 0 to 5; (n+m) is 1 or more.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
  • purple coloring materials include C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
  • blue colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. pigments.
  • An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue colorant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
  • the pyrrolopyrrole pigment has a crystallite size of 140 ⁇ or less in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1) of the crystal lattice planes. is also preferred. Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are preferably set as described in paragraphs 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
  • the pigment it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of enhancing spectral characteristics.
  • a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in WO 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used.
  • a pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent and used. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682.
  • a dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • a plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • a diarylmethane compound described in JP-A-2020-504758 a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, and JP-A-2020-117638.
  • 10-2020-0069070 compounds compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, Patent No. 6809649 and the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2020-180176.
  • the chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-like structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • a chromatic colorant a quinophthalone compound represented by Formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination.
  • the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form a black color. Examples of such combinations include the following aspects (1) to (7).
  • the resin composition of the present invention forms a near-infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for (1) A mode containing a red colorant and a blue colorant. (2) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant.
  • a mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant is a mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant.
  • a mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant is a mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a green colorant.
  • a mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a green colorant is containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
  • White colorants include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles containing titanium atoms, more preferably titanium oxide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more for light with a wavelength of 589 nm. The aforementioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
  • the white pigment the titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology Manabu Seino, Pages 13-45, June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
  • the white pigment is not only made of a single inorganic substance, but also particles combined with other materials may be used.
  • particles having voids or other materials inside, particles having a core particle to which a large number of inorganic particles are attached, and core-shell composite particles consisting of a core particle made of polymer particles and a shell layer made of inorganic nanoparticles are used. is preferred.
  • the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles for example, the description of paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP-A-2015-047520 can be referred to, The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment.
  • a hollow inorganic particle is an inorganic particle having a structure having a cavity inside, and refers to an inorganic particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell.
  • Examples of hollow inorganic particles include hollow inorganic particles described in JP 2011-075786, WO 2013/061621, JP 2015-164881, etc., the contents of which are incorporated herein. be
  • black colorant The black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used.
  • inorganic black colorants include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite. Carbon black and titanium black are preferred, and titanium black is more preferred.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, preferably low order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing cohesion, and the like. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Further, treatment with a water-repellent substance as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-302836 is also possible. Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion.
  • a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to the range of 0.20 to 0.50 may be mentioned.
  • the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available examples of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • Examples of carbon black include furnace black, channel black, thermal black, acetylene black and lamp black.
  • carbon black produced by a known method such as an oil furnace method or a gas black method may be used, or a commercially available product may be used.
  • Commercially available products of carbon black include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Black 7, Color Black S170 (manufactured by Degussa), and the like.
  • surface-treated carbon black may be used.
  • the surface treatment can modify the surface state of the carbon black particles and improve the dispersion stability in the composition.
  • Examples of the surface treatment include coating treatment with a resin, surface treatment by introducing an acid group, and surface treatment with a silane coupling agent.
  • Carbon black coated with a resin is preferable as the surface-treated carbon black.
  • Coating resins include epoxy resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, novolac resins, phenolic resins, urea resins, melamine resins, polyurethane resins, diallyl phthalate resins, alkylbenzene resins, polystyrene resins, polycarbonate resins, polybutylene terephthalate, and modified polyphenylene. oxides.
  • the content of the coating resin is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, with respect to the total of carbon black and coating resin, from the viewpoint of better light shielding and insulating properties of the film. preferable.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds.
  • bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515233, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515234, etc.
  • "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF Corporation. Available.
  • perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like.
  • the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like.
  • the coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be the above-described black coloring material only, or may further include a chromatic coloring material.
  • a black colorant and a chromatic colorant By using a black colorant and a chromatic colorant together, it is easy to obtain a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent light-shielding properties in the visible region.
  • Preferred combinations of black colorants and chromatic colorants include, for example, the following.
  • A-1 An embodiment containing an organic black colorant and a blue colorant.
  • A-2) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant and a yellow colorant.
  • A-3) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant and a red colorant.
  • A-4) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 nm and 1800 nm or less, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 nm and 1400 nm or less.
  • a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 1200 nm or less is more preferable, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and 1000 nm or less is particularly preferable.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.
  • Near-infrared absorbing colorants include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like.
  • pyrrolopyrrole compound compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like.
  • examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987.
  • Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029.
  • As the iminium compound for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of.
  • Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071486, and phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide.
  • metal borides include lanthanum boride.
  • Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.).
  • a metal boride the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used.
  • commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, the patent Squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5884953, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraph numbers 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No.
  • amide-linked squarylium compounds compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017 -Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of JP-A-068120, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, etc. can also be used.
  • pigment derivative in the present invention, a pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a pigment and a pigment derivative together.
  • Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, and a pyrrolopyrrole dye.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton, Isoindoline dye skeletons, isoindolinone dye skeletons, quinophthalone dye skeletons, dithiol dye skeletons, triarylmethane dye skeletons, pyrromethene dye skeletons, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like.
  • the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable.
  • sulfonic acid amide group a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable.
  • the imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or —SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
  • R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton. Also, the pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a urea structure, an amide structure or a urethane structure.
  • the pigment derivative include the compounds described in Examples below, the compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, the compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, and JP-A-01-217077.
  • Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-03-009961, compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, described in JP-A-03-045662 The compound, the compound described in JP-A-04-285669, the compound described in JP-A-06-145546, the compound described in JP-A-06-212088, the compound described in JP-A-06-240158 , the compound described in JP-A-10-030063, the compound described in JP-A-10-195326, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, WO 2012/102399
  • the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and 50% by mass. More preferably, it is 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 55% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 20-100% by mass, more preferably 50-100% by mass, and even more preferably 70-100% by mass. Further, the total content of the pigment and the pigment derivative in the colorant is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and further preferably 75 to 100% by mass. preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter referred to as resin).
  • resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for a binder.
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also called a dispersant.
  • such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
  • the resin contained in the resin composition of the present invention is a random copolymer containing a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. It contains a polymer b1 (hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin).
  • a random copolymer means a copolymer in which two or more repeating units are randomly arranged.
  • a block copolymer is a copolymer composed of two or more types of monomers, in which polymer chains each composed of the same type of monomers are bound in one chain. It means a copolymer with
  • the specific resin contains a repeating unit b-1 having an acid group (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-1).
  • the acid group includes a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group and a phenolic hydroxy group, preferably a carboxy group.
  • the number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b-1 may be one, or two or more.
  • the number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b-1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit b-1 examples include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-1).
  • R b11 to R b13 in formula (bb-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b11 to R b13 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
  • Lb11 in formula (bb-1) represents a single bond or an n1+1-valent linking group. However, when n1 is 2 or more, L b11 is an n1+1-valent linking group.
  • the n1+1-valent linking group represented by L b11 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, - OCO-, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more of these may be mentioned.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • a b11 in formula (bb-1) represents an acid group.
  • the acid group represented by A b11 includes a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group and a phenolic hydroxy group, preferably a carboxy group.
  • n1 in formula (bb-1) represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit b-1 include repeating units derived from compounds having the structures shown below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b-1 in the specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the specific resin contains a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-2).
  • the basic group is an amino group.
  • the amino group includes a group represented by -NR am1 R am2 and a cyclic amino group, preferably a group represented by -NR am1 R am2 .
  • R am1 and R am2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, even more preferably 1-3, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12.
  • the cyclic amino group includes a pyrrolidine group, a piperidine group, a piperazine group, a morpholine group and the like. These groups may further have a substituent. Substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups.
  • the number of basic groups contained in the repeating unit b-2 may be 1, or may be 2 or more.
  • the number of basic groups contained in the repeating unit b-2 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit b-2 is preferably a repeating unit derived from a compound having a conjugate acid pKa of 9.5 or higher. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the compound is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 9 or more.
  • the upper limit of the pKa of the conjugate acid of the above compound is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the compound can be measured by a neutralization titration method.
  • a mixed solution of 50 mM sulfuric acid and dimethyl sulfoxide is added to 20 mL of a dimethyl sulfoxide solution having a concentration of 1 mM of the measurement sample, and the pKa of the conjugate acid is calculated from the neutralization titration curve.
  • the pH during neutralization titration can be measured using an ISFET (Ion Sensitive Field Effect Transistor) electrode.
  • repeating unit b-2 examples include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-2).
  • R b21 to R b23 in formula (bb-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b21 to R b23 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
  • Lb21 in formula (bb-2) represents a single bond or an n2+1-valent linking group. However, when n2 is 2 or more, L b21 is an n2+1-valent linking group.
  • the n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, —NH—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —COO—, OCO -, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more thereof.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 may contain a urea bond (--NH--CO--NH--) or a urethane bond (--NH--COO-- or --OCO--NH--).
  • a b21 in formula (bb-2) represents a basic group.
  • the basic group represented by A b21 is preferably an amino group.
  • n2 in formula (bb-2) represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit b-2 include repeating units derived from compounds b-2-1 to b-2-22 described in Examples described later.
  • the content of the repeating unit b-2 in the specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less.
  • the specific resin contains a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-3).
  • the molecular weight of the repeating unit b1-3 is preferably 350-1500. If the molecular weight is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed. Furthermore, the generation of development residues can be suppressed more effectively. Furthermore, the increase in the viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed, and the stability over time can be further improved.
  • the upper limit of the molecular weight of the repeating unit b1-3 is preferably 1400 or less, more preferably 1200 or less. The lower limit is preferably 400 or more. In this specification, the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3 is a value calculated from the molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for polymerization of the same repeating unit.
  • the molecular weight of the starting monomer is used as the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3.
  • the value of the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer is used as the value of the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3.
  • a polyalkyleneoxy structure is a structure composed of two or more alkyleneoxy groups, each of which has an alkyleneoxy group as a repeating unit.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy structure may be composed of one type of alkyleneoxy group, or may be composed of two types of alkyleneoxy groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneoxy group constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 4-40.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 8 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 35 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
  • the above polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polytetramethyleneoxy structure, a polypropyleneoxy structure, a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure and a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, and a polyethyleneoxy structure and a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethylene
  • An oxy copolymer structure and a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure are more preferred, and a polyethyleneoxy structure is even more preferred.
  • the terminal structure of the polyoxyalkylene structure is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups.
  • Alkyl groups are The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. Alkyl groups are preferably straight or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an aryl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the terminal structure of the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
  • repeating unit b-3 examples include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-3).
  • R b31 to R b33 in formula (bb-3) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b31 to R b33 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
  • L b31 in formula (bb-3) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L b31 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, —NH—, —SO—, —SO 2 — , —CO—, —O—, —COO—, and OCO -, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more thereof.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • a b31 in formula (bb-3) represents a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • Examples of the polyalkyleneoxy structure represented by A b31 include those described above.
  • a b32 in formula (bb-3) represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20.
  • Alkyl groups are preferably straight or branched.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom, an aryl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom, an alkyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • Ab32 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • repeating unit b-3 include repeating units derived from the compounds shown below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b-3 in the specific resin is preferably 20-90% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the specific resin further comprises a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group and a group containing a condensed ring (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-4 ) is preferably included.
  • a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group and a group containing a condensed ring (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-4 ) is preferably included.
  • the functional group X of the repeating unit b-4 is preferably a group containing a ketone structure.
  • the functional group X is also preferably a group having 2 to 4 ring structures. In this aspect, the number of ring structures contained in the functional group X is preferably 2-3.
  • the functional group X is also preferably a group containing 2 to 5 heteroatoms. In this aspect, the number of heteroatoms contained in the functional group X is preferably 2-4.
  • the functional group X is preferably a group having 2 to 4 ring structures and containing 2 to 5 heteroatoms, and preferably has 2 to 3 ring structures and 2 heteroatoms. Groups containing up to 4 groups are more preferred.
  • the functional group X is a group containing a ketone structure, has 2 to 4 ring structures (preferably 2 to 3 ring structures), and has 2 to 5 heteroatoms (preferably 2 to 4) are preferred.
  • the functional group X has a naphthalimide structure, an acridone structure, a thioxanthone structure, a xanthone structure, anthrone structure, a benzimidazole structure, a benzothiazole structure, a benzoxazole structure, a benzotriazole structure, a benzoxadiazole structure, a benzothiadiazole structure, a benzothiazine structure, Benzoxazine structure, benzolein urea structure, isothiazolinone structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, dihydroacridine structure, phenoxathiin structure, dibenzopyran structure, fluorene structure, carbazole structure, carboline structure, dibenzothiophene structure, dibenzofuran structure, pyrimidine structure , pyrazine structure, quinazoline structure, quinoxaline structure, quinoline structure, imidazole
  • naphthalimide structure acridone structure, xanthone structure, anthrone structure, benzimidazole structure, benzothiazole structure, benzoxazole structure, benzotriazole structure, benzoxodiazole structure, benzothiadiazole structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, dihydroacridine structure, phenoxathiin structure, dibenzopyran structure, carbazole structure, carboline structure, dibenzothiophene structure, dibenzofuran structure, pyrimidine structure, pyrazine structure, quinazoline structure, quinoxaline structure, imidazole structure, thiazole structure, indole structure, benzothiophene structure, benzopyran structure, quinolinone structure, thiochromanone structure, chroman structure, phthalimide structure, naphthalene-2,3-dicarboximide structure, pyrazole structure, pyrazolone structure, is
  • the functional group X include groups having the structures shown below and groups having a structure in which a substituent is bonded to these groups.
  • substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later.
  • * represents a linking hand
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later.
  • Halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group preferably alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkenyl group preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heterocyclic group preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an amino group preferably amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkoxy group preferably alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • aryloxy group preferably aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • heterocyclic oxy group preferably carbon 1 to 30 heterocyclic oxy groups
  • acyl groups preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkoxy group preferably al
  • repeating unit b-4 examples include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-4).
  • R b41 to R b43 in formula (bb-4) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b41 to R b43 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
  • L b41 in formula (bb-4) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L b41 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO -, -S-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • a b41 in formula (bb-4) represents the functional group X described above.
  • repeating unit b-4 include repeating units derived from compounds b-4-1 to b-4-6 described later in Examples.
  • the content of the repeating unit b-4 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 35% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the specific resin may further contain a repeating unit (hereinafter referred to as repeating unit b-5) other than repeating units b-1 to b-4 described above.
  • repeating unit b-5 examples include repeating units having functional groups such as alkyl groups, phenyl groups, and hydroxy groups.
  • the content of the repeating unit b-5 in the specific resin is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • Specific examples of specific resins include resins P1 to P65 shown in Examples described later.
  • the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit is It is preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which defective color unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, when the pattern is formed by photolithography, the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed. It is particularly preferable that the specific resin has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  • the base number of the specific resin is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the base number of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which defective color unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, when the pattern is formed by photolithography, the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed. It is particularly preferable that the specific resin has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  • the ratio of the acid value to the base value of the specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 30, so that a film can be formed in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed, and further development residue It is more preferably 0.2 to 20 because the occurrence of is also suppressed.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.3 or more, more preferably 0.4 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 3,000 to 100,000. If the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, because the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed when a pattern is formed by photolithography.
  • the upper limit is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, for the reason that the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed and the stability over time can be further improved.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a resin different from the specific resin described above (hereinafter also referred to as other resin).
  • resins include, for example, (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, Examples include polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins. Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of other resins is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the other resin it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group.
  • acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acid group-containing resin is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on its side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol % of repeating units having an acid group on its side chain in all repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group in a side chain is preferably 50 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 20 mol % or more.
  • resin having an acid group JP 2012-208494, paragraph numbers 0558 to 0571 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099, paragraph numbers 0685 to 0700), JP 2012-198408
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of the publication can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • resin which has an acid group can also use a commercial item.
  • the method for introducing the acid group into the resin is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629 .
  • a method for introducing an acid group into a resin a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxy group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group can also be mentioned.
  • resins having basic groups can also be used. Resins having basic groups can also be used as dispersants.
  • the amine value of the resin having basic groups is preferably 5-300 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38 500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (manufactured by BASF) and the like.
  • the resin having a basic group is a block copolymer (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP-A-2014-219665, and described in paragraph numbers 0046-0076 of JP-A-2018-156021. It is also possible to use the block copolymer A1 described above and vinyl resins having basic groups described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP-A-2019-184763.
  • resins include a monomer component containing a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimers"). It is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0-15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • Crosslinkable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with the epoxy group being preferred.
  • the epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • resin Ac a resin having an aromatic carboxy group
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
  • Resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer represents a chain.
  • Examples of the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like.
  • Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include groups in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— are combined, and alkylene groups are preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included.
  • Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O—.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one structure selected from polyester structure, polyether structure, polystyrene structure and poly(meth)acrylic structure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P10 may contain crosslinkable groups.
  • Crosslinkable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
  • the other resin it is preferable to use at least one selected from graft polymers, star-shaped polymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group.
  • Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
  • Examples of the graft polymer include a resin having a repeating unit having a graft chain and a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (Ac-2).
  • Examples of graft chains include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure and a poly(meth)acrylic structure.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthioether groups, and the like.
  • a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferable, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
  • graft polymer examples include paragraph numbers 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, paragraph numbers 0022-0097 of JP-A-2009-203462, and paragraph numbers 0102-0166 of JP-A-2012-255128. Mention may be made of the resins mentioned.
  • Star-shaped polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to the core.
  • Specific examples of the star polymer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
  • At least one end of the polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is A resin having a structure sealed with an acid group can be mentioned.
  • a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group are examples of the acid group that seals the end of the polymer chain.
  • Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g.
  • a basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Ajisper series, A208F (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like.
  • the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the resin content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the content of the specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 10% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 9% by mass or less, more preferably 7.5% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1.5% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the content of the specific resin in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as monomer, prepolymer, oligomer, etc., but monomer is preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100-2500.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
  • the upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, from the viewpoint of the stability of the resin composition over time.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a tri- or more functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and a 3- to 10-functional (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the polymerizable compound include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970. 2013-253224, paragraphs 0034 to 0038, JP 2012-208494, paragraph 0477, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, the compound described in JP 6031807 , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • polymerizable compounds examples include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and modified products of these compounds. mentioned.
  • Modified compounds include compounds having a structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups of the above compounds are bonded through an alkyleneoxy group, such as ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Specific examples include compounds represented by formula (Z-4) and compounds represented by formula (Z-5).
  • E is each independently -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- , y each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group.
  • the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • the sum of m is an integer of 0 to 40.
  • the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6
  • each n independently represents an integer of 0-10, and the sum of each n is an integer of 0-60.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4.
  • the sum of m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4.
  • the sum of n is preferably an integer of 3-60, more preferably an integer of 3-24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6-12.
  • E in formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), that is, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- is A form in which the end on the oxygen atom side is bonded to X is preferred.
  • Polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylates represented by the following formula (Z-6) can also be used as the polymerizable compound.
  • X 1 to X 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a (meth)acryloyl group, and n represents an integer of 1-10. However, at least one of X 1 to X 6 is a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate and modified products thereof. Seeds are preferred.
  • Commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310, DPHA, DPEA-12 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A-DPH-12E, TPOA-50 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. mentioned.
  • diglycerin EO ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate
  • pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A-TMMT
  • 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA
  • RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Aronix TO-2349 Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), EBECRYL80 (manufactured by Daicel Allnex, amine-containing tetrafunctional acrylate) and the like can also be used.
  • trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy-modified tri(meth)acrylate
  • trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy-modified tri(meth)acrylate trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy-modified tri(meth)acrylate
  • ethyleneoxy isocyanurate-modified tri(meth) It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as acrylates and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylates.
  • Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group can be used as the polymerizable compound.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the polymerizable compound.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the polymerizable compound it is also preferable to use a compound such as toluene that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances.
  • a compound such as toluene that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • urethane acrylates such as those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765
  • urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418.
  • the polymerizable compound includes UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more polymerizable compounds. When two or more polymerizable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbi imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketones compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, more preferably oxime compounds.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2′,4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1′-biimidazole, etc. is mentioned.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 3.
  • acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(
  • An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. mentioned.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
  • An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
  • An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group.
  • An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred.
  • a benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclicoxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group. A sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
  • the oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.
  • R X1 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group
  • R X2 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group,
  • the electron-withdrawing group includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, preferably an acyl group and a nitro group. is more preferably a group, more preferably a benzoyl group.
  • R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group
  • R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • oxime compound OX examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high from the viewpoint of sensitivity, more preferably 1000 to 300000, further preferably 2000 to 300000, even more preferably 5000 to 200000. It is particularly preferred to have
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • the photopolymerization initiator it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the resin composition can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent.
  • the type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition.
  • Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). .
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10-95% by mass, more preferably 20-90% by mass, and even more preferably 30-90% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances from the viewpoint of environmental regulations.
  • substantially free of environmental regulation substances means that the content of environmental regulation substances in the resin composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less. , is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • a method for reducing the amount of environmentally regulated substances there is a method in which the system is heated or decompressed to raise the temperature to the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances or higher, and the environmentally regulated substances are distilled off from the system.
  • distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to increase the efficiency.
  • a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from progressing during the vacuum distillation and the intermolecular cross-linking.
  • These distillation methods are at the stage of raw materials, the stage of reaction products of raw materials (for example, resin solutions and polyfunctional monomer solutions after polymerization), or the stages of resin compositions prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage such as
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a thermosetting agent as a component other than the resin and polymerizable compound described above.
  • a heat curing agent includes a compound having a cyclic ether group. Cyclic ether groups include epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups.
  • the epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
  • Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably two or more.
  • As the epoxy compound paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraph numbers 0147-0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, paragraph numbers 0085-0092 of JP-A-2014-089408.
  • Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 2000, further molecular weight less than 1000), or a macromolecular compound (e.g., molecular weight 1000 or more, weight-average molecular weight in the case of polymer is 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200-100,000, more preferably 500-50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • Examples of commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (these are epoxy group-containing polymers manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like. Further, as the compound having a cyclic ether group, the compounds described in the examples described later can also be used.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of thermosetting agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also contain a polyalkyleneimine.
  • Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids for pigments.
  • a dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of a coloring material such as a pigment in a resin composition.
  • Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
  • alkyleneimine examples include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more.
  • Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • Curing accelerators include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like.
  • the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of WO 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, JP 2013-041165 Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of the publication, ionic compounds described in JP 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraphs 0071 to 0080 of JP 2012-150180, JP 2011-253054 Alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2005-200157, compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and carboxy group-containing epoxy curing agents described in JP-A-2017-036379.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814.
  • UV absorber examples include compounds having the following structures.
  • examples of commercially available UV absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. .
  • Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016).
  • the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction.
  • Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group and isocyanate group. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM
  • silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass. Only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • surfactants reference can be made to surfactants described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the resin composition.
  • JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Mega Fac DS-21.
  • fluorosurfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant.
  • fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
  • a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a+ is an a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fuji
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3% by mass. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule.
  • Phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used as antioxidants.
  • a phosphorus antioxidant tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl ) oxy]ethyl]amine, ethyl bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
  • antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in WO 2017/006600, compounds described in WO 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, release accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • auxiliaries e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, release accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst.
  • a compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified.
  • Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • Metal oxides may have a core-shell structure. Moreover, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver.
  • a light resistance improver compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0029-0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, JP-A-2017-129774 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037, 0049 to 0052 of JP 2017-129674 JP 2017-129674 paragraph numbers 0031 to 0034, 0058 to 0059 compounds described in JP 2017-122803 paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 , compounds described in 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0047 of JP 2017-186546, JP 2015-025116 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2012-145604, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101-0125 of JP-A-2012-103475, compounds
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester.
  • substantially free means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, in the total amount of the resin composition. Zero is particularly preferred.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • the type of metal is not particularly limited, but examples include alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, Al, Sn, Pb, and Bi.
  • the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include methods such as washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification by emphasizing ion exchange.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be regulated.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • the content of fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01ppb to 1,000ppb with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected.
  • Compounds that can substitute for the regulated compounds include, for example, compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the above contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum permissible range.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and adjusting the film thickness.
  • the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25°C.
  • a method for measuring the viscosity for example, a cone-plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25°C.
  • the storage container for the resin composition is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used.
  • a storage container a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resins and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resins are used for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and resin compositions. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the stability of the resin composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components. In preparing the resin composition, all components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the resin composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions. , these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of coating) to prepare a resin composition.
  • a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used.
  • the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629.
  • Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel and glass.
  • An inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
  • polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials.
  • PP polypropylene
  • nylon including high density polypropylene
  • nylon including high density polypropylene
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01-3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the pore size value of the filter reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value.
  • Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
  • fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers.
  • Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
  • filters When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed. In addition, the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity of the composition.
  • the film of the present invention is a film obtained from the resin composition of the present invention described above.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters and near-infrared cut filters.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention when used as a color filter, preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow, and may have a hue of green, blue or cyan. More preferably, it has a green hue.
  • the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels are more preferable.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through the step of applying the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film manufacturing method further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixels).
  • a method for forming the pattern (pixels) includes a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and exposing the resin composition layer to light. forming a pattern (pixels) by developing and removing the exposed portion. If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a resin composition layer on a support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples thereof include glass substrates and silicon substrates, and silicon substrates are preferred. Also, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • the silicon substrate is formed with a black matrix that isolates each pixel.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with an underlying layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • the surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • dropping method drop cast
  • slit coating method spray method
  • roll coating method spin coating
  • methods described in publications inkjet
  • ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc.
  • Examples include various printing methods; transfer methods using molds and the like; nanoimprinting methods and the like.
  • the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited.
  • the resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). Pre-baking may not be performed when the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process.
  • the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher.
  • the pre-bake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred.
  • a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • an electrodeless UV lamp system a hybrid curing of UV and IR can be used.
  • the light when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure).
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level).
  • the dose is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected.
  • the exposure may be in an oxygen-free atmosphere, or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done.
  • Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, illuminance of 10000 W/m 2 at oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and illuminance of 20000 W/m 2 at oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
  • the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer are removed by development to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the development and removal of the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer can be performed using a developer.
  • the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used.
  • an alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide
  • benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide
  • choline pyrrole
  • piperidine 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the resin composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the resin composition layer after development is formed.
  • the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support.
  • the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300.degree. C., more preferably 200 to 270.degree.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions. .
  • the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by a dry etching method includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer; a step of patternwise exposing the photoresist layer and then developing it to form a resist pattern; and etching the cured layer using the resist pattern as a mask. and dry etching using a gas.
  • a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed is desirable.
  • pattern formation by a dry etching method descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above.
  • Types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, and near-infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred.
  • the color filter preferably has the film of the invention as its pixels, more preferably has the film of the invention as its color pixels, and even more preferably has the film of the invention as its red pixels.
  • the optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • a protective layer By providing the protective layer, it is possible to impart various functions such as blocking oxygen, reducing reflection, making the film hydrophilic and hydrophobic, and blocking light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.).
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01-10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1-5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method of forming the protective layer include a method of applying a protective layer-forming resin composition, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of bonding a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, and polyimides.
  • Resins polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, polyol resins, polyvinylidene chloride resins, melamine resins, urethane resins, aramid resins, polyamide resins, alkyd resins, epoxy resins, modified silicone resins, fluorine Resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended to block oxygen, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • a resin composition When a resin composition is applied to form a protective layer, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and ink-jetting can be used as methods for applying the resin composition.
  • Known organic solvents eg, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method
  • the chemical vapor deposition method includes known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). can be used.
  • the protective layer contains organic/inorganic fine particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesion agents, additives such as surfactants. may contain.
  • organic/inorganic fine particles include polymeric fine particles (eg, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like.
  • a known absorber can be used as the absorber for light of a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer the protective layers described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device.
  • a plurality of photodiodes and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the substrate, forming the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.). and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. and a color filter on the device protective film.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654.
  • an ultraviolet absorption layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging device to improve light resistance.
  • An imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an imaging function (mobile phones, etc.), but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and monitoring cameras.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
  • electroluminescence display devices For a definition of an image display device and details of each image display device, see, for example, “Electronic Display Device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", “Display Device (written by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho ( Co., Ltd.) issued in 1989).
  • Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
  • Resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are the compounds described in the column of compound b-1, the compounds described in the column of compound b-2, the compounds described in the column of compound b-3, and the compound b- in the table below. It is a random copolymer with the compound described in column 4. That is, the resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are composed of a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-1, a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-2, and a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-3.
  • the repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-1 is a repeating unit containing an acid group
  • the repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-2 is a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group
  • the repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-3 is a repeating unit containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the acid value, base value, ratio of acid value to base value (acid value/base value), and weight average molecular weight of resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are as follows.
  • Resin CP3 is a block copolymer synthesized by the following method. 303 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3.6 parts by mass of iodine, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2, 4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 17.7 parts by mass, methyl methacrylate 77.7 parts by mass, butyl methacrylate 77.7 parts by mass, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate 38.8 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate 38.8 parts 19.4 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 50.0 parts by weight of methacrylic acid and 1.0 parts by weight of 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were charged.
  • polymerization was carried out at 40° C. for 7 hours while flowing nitrogen to obtain a solution of A polymer block.
  • the polymerization rate of the A polymer block calculated from the solid content was 90.4%.
  • the number average molecular weight of the A polymer block was 7400, the molecular weight distribution (PDI) was 1.35, the peak top molecular weight was 10200, and the acid value was 107.5 mgKOH/g.
  • PDI molecular weight distribution
  • the peak top molecular weight was 10200
  • the acid value was 107.5 mgKOH/g.
  • the resulting A block polymer solution was kept at 40° C., 62.8 parts by mass of 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and 2,2′-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) were added.
  • a mixture of 1.3 parts by mass and 62.8 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added and polymerized at the same temperature for 4 hours to form a B polymer block. Then, after stopping the flow of nitrogen, the mixture was heated to 80° C. to release the iodine bound to the ends of the polymer chains, thereby obtaining a polymer solution containing resin CP3, which is an AB block copolymer.
  • the liberation of iodine was determined by the fact that the polymer solution became a brown transparent liquid.
  • the resulting AB block copolymer solution had a solid content of 48.9% by mass, and the polymerization rate of the B polymer block calculated from the solid content was almost 100%.
  • the AB block copolymer (resin CP3) has a number average molecular weight of 9500, a PDI of 1.40, a peak top molecular weight of 13500, an acid value of 88.8 mgKOH/g, and an amine value of 61.2 mgKOH/g. Met. Also, the number average molecular weight of the B polymer block was 2,100.
  • the average particle diameter (nm) and the viscosity value (mPa ⁇ s) of the pigment in each pigment dispersion are also described.
  • the average particle size of the pigment is measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a multi-analyte nanoparticle size measurement system (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.), and the viscosity of the pigment dispersion is measured at a temperature of 25°C. °C and measured.
  • Dispersant 1 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 28,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.)
  • pigment PR254 C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment)
  • PR272 C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 (red pigment)
  • PY139 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (yellow pigment)
  • PY185 Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment)
  • PG36 C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (green pigment)
  • PG58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment)
  • PB15:6 C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment)
  • PV23 C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (purple pigment)
  • PBk32 C.I. I.
  • Pigment Black 32 (organic black pigment)
  • IR colorant 1 compound having the following structure (near-infrared absorbing pigment) Titanium Black 1:13M-T (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation)
  • Carbon black 1 Color black S170 (manufactured by Degussa, average primary particle diameter 17 nm, BET specific surface area 200 m 2 /g, carbon black produced by gas black method)
  • solvent propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • solvent 2 Cyclopentanone
  • solvent 3 1-methoxy-2-propanol
  • Examples 94-127, Comparative Examples 4-6 Each material was mixed at the ratio of Formula 2 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m to produce each resin composition.
  • Polymerizable compound 1 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Polymerizable compound 2 KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Binder resin 1 resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 25,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.)
  • Photoinitiator 1 Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 2 Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
  • Surfactant 1 KF6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone-based surfactant)
  • Thermosetting agent 1 compound T-1 having the following structure
  • Solvent 1 propylene glycol monomethyl
  • the silicon wafer is fixed on a horizontal rotary table by a vacuum chuck method, and while the silicon wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, deionized water is supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle from above the rotation center to rinse. Treated and spray dried. Further, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200° C. to form pixels (patterns). The silicon wafer on which the pixels were formed was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM, magnification: 10000), and development residues were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. 5: No residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area).
  • the examples were excellent in evaluation of defects over time, development residue, and stability over time.
  • the films obtained from the resin compositions described in Examples can be suitably used for optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
  • Example 43 similar effects were obtained even when polymerizable compound 2 was changed to compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below.
  • Example 43 similar effects were obtained even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-5 having the structures shown below.
  • Example 43 similar effects were obtained even when the thermosetting agent 1 was changed to compound T-2 or T-3 having the structure shown below.
  • surfactant 1 was a compound having the structure shown below (weight-average molecular weight of 14,000, percentage of repeating units is mol%, fluorosurfactant) or PolyFox PF6320 ( A similar effect was obtained even when the surfactant was changed to a fluorosurfactant manufactured by OMNOVA.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

A resin composition comprising a colorant A and a resin B, wherein the colorant A comprises a pigment and the resin B comprises a random copolymer b1 comprising a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a repeating unit b-3 including a polyalkyleneoxy structure; a film; an optical filter; a solid imaging element; and an image display device.

Description

樹脂組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
 本発明は、色材を含む樹脂組成物に関する。また、本発明は、樹脂組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition containing a coloring material. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the resin composition.
 色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて、カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタを製造することが行われている。 Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using resin compositions containing colorants.
 また、特許文献1には、顔料、液媒体及び高分子分散剤を含有する油性の顔料分散液である顔料着色剤組成物であって、
 (1)高分子分散剤が、90質量%以上のメタクリレート系モノマーで構成された、アニオン性のAブロック、及びカチオン性のBブロックからなるアニオンカチオン性ABブロックコポリマーであり、
 (2)Aブロックは、少なくともメタクリル酸を構成成分とし、酸価が10~150mgKOH/gであり、且つAのポリマーブロックの数平均分子量が3000~20000であり、
 (3)Bブロックは、少なくともアミノ基を有するメタクリレート系モノマーを構成成分とし、アミン価が50~400mgKOH/gであり、且つBのポリマーブロックの平均分子量が500~8000であり、A-Bブロックコポリマー中のBブロックの含有量が5~50質量%であり、
 (4)A-Bブロックコポリマーの分子量の分布を示す分散度(重量平均分量/数平均分子量)が1.6以下である、顔料着色剤組成物に関する発明が記載されている。
Further, Patent Document 1 discloses a pigment colorant composition which is an oily pigment dispersion containing a pigment, a liquid medium and a polymer dispersant,
(1) The polymeric dispersant is an anionic cationic AB block copolymer composed of 90% by mass or more of a methacrylate-based monomer and composed of an anionic A block and a cationic B block,
(2) A block is composed of at least methacrylic acid, has an acid value of 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, and has a number average molecular weight of 3000 to 20000,
(3) The B block is composed of at least a methacrylate-based monomer having an amino group, has an amine value of 50 to 400 mgKOH/g, and an average molecular weight of the B polymer block of 500 to 8000, and the AB block. The content of the B block in the copolymer is 5 to 50% by mass,
(4) The invention relates to a pigment colorant composition in which the dispersity (weight average content/number average molecular weight) indicating the molecular weight distribution of the AB block copolymer is 1.6 or less.
特開2013-203887号公報JP 2013-203887 A
 近年、固体撮像素子においては、小型化や薄膜化の要求が強い。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタなどの色材を含む膜についても、近年では、より薄膜化されることが望まれている。所望の分光性能を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めることが必要である。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for smaller and thinner solid-state imaging devices. Therefore, in recent years, it is desired that films containing coloring materials such as color filters used in solid-state imaging devices be made thinner. In order to achieve a thin film while maintaining desired spectral performance, it is necessary to increase the colorant concentration of the resin composition used for film formation.
 しかしながら、色材として顔料を含むものを用いた場合、樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めると、樹脂などの顔料に対して吸着可能な素材の割合が相対的に減少するため、樹脂組成物の保管中に顔料が凝集し易い傾向にある。このため、樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜中に顔料などの凝集物による欠陥が生じることがある。 However, when a material containing a pigment is used as a coloring material, increasing the concentration of the coloring material in the resin composition relatively decreases the ratio of materials such as resins that can be adsorbed to the pigment. Pigments tend to aggregate during storage. For this reason, defects due to aggregates of pigments and the like may occur in the film obtained using the resin composition.
 また、本発明者の検討によれば、特許文献1に開示されているようなアニオン性のAブロックとカチオン性のBブロックとを含むブロックポリマーは、樹脂組成物の保管中に凝集しやすく、得られる膜中に欠陥が生じやすいことが分かった。このようなブロックポリマーは、酸塩基相互作用によってイオン性部位の偏りが発生し、このようなイオン性部位の偏りが発生することにより、凝集し易くなってブロックポリマー同士が強固に凝集した凝集物が発生するため、得られる膜中に欠陥が生じ易いと推測される。 Further, according to the studies of the present inventors, a block polymer containing an anionic A block and a cationic B block as disclosed in Patent Document 1 tends to aggregate during storage of the resin composition, It was found that defects tend to occur in the resulting film. In such a block polymer, the ionic sites are biased due to acid-base interaction, and due to the occurrence of such ionic site biases, aggregates are easily aggregated and the block polymers are strongly aggregated. It is presumed that defects are likely to occur in the resulting film because of the occurrence of
 よって、本発明の目的は、欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成できる樹脂組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of forming a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
 本発明者の検討によれば、後述する樹脂組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。 According to the studies of the present inventors, the inventors have found that the above-mentioned objects can be achieved with the resin composition described later, and have completed the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention provides the following.
 <1> 色材Aと、樹脂Bとを含む樹脂組成物であって、
 上記色材Aは、顔料を含み、
 上記樹脂Bは、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2と、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むランダム共重合体b1を含む、樹脂組成物。
 <2> 上記ランダム共重合体b1は、塩基価に対する酸価の比が0.2~20である、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <3> 上記繰り返し単位b-3の分子量が350~1500である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <4> 上記ポリアルキレンオキシ構造が、ポリエチレンオキシ構造である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <5> 上記ランダム共重合体b1の酸価が40~120mgKOH/gである、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <6> 上記ランダム共重合体b1の塩基価が40~120mgKOH/gである、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <7> 上記繰り返し単位b-2は、共役酸のpKaが9.5以上の化合物由来の繰り返し単位である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <8> 上記ランダム共重合体b1は、更に、芳香族環を2以上含む基、複素環基を含む基および縮合環を含む基から選ばれる官能基Xを有する繰り返し単位b-4を含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <9> 上記樹脂B中における上記ランダム共重合体b1の含有量が1~30質量%である、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <10> 上記樹脂組成物の全固形分中における上記ランダム共重合体b1の含有量が1~10質量%である、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <11> 上記色材Aは顔料誘導体を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <12> 更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <13> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物から得られる膜。
 <14> <13>に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。
 <15> <13>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <16> <13>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
<1> A resin composition containing a coloring material A and a resin B,
The coloring material A contains a pigment,
The resin B includes a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a random copolymer b1 containing a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Composition.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value to base value ratio of 0.2 to 20.
<3> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the repeating unit b-3 has a molecular weight of 350 to 1,500.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the polyalkyleneoxy structure is a polyethyleneoxy structure.
<5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
<6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the random copolymer b1 has a base value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
<7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the repeating unit b-2 is a repeating unit derived from a compound having a conjugate acid with a pKa of 9.5 or higher.
<8> The random copolymer b1 further includes a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group, and a group containing a condensed ring. The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<9> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the content of the random copolymer b1 in the resin B is 1 to 30% by mass.
<10> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the content of the random copolymer b1 in the total solid content of the resin composition is 1 to 10% by mass.
<11> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the coloring material A contains a pigment derivative.
<12> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
<13> A film obtained from the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<14> An optical filter comprising the film according to <13>.
<15> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to <13>.
<16> An image display device comprising the film according to <13>.
 本発明によれば、欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成できる樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resin composition capable of forming a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. Also, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices can be provided.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acryl" represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) ) acryloyl” refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
As used herein, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, the term "pigment" means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
As used herein, the term "process" includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
<樹脂組成物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、色材Aと、樹脂Bとを含む樹脂組成物であって、
 上記色材Aは、顔料を含み、
 上記樹脂Bは、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2と、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むランダム共重合体b1を含むことを特徴とする。
<Resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition containing a coloring material A and a resin B,
The coloring material A contains a pigment,
The resin B contains a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a random copolymer b1 containing a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Characterized by
 本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、上述したランダム共重合体b1を含むことにより、欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成することができる。このような効果が得られる理由は以下によるものである推測される。
 上記ランダム共重合体b1は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2とを含むので、これらの繰り返し単位に含まれる酸基や塩基性基が顔料と相互作用して顔料に吸着すると推測される。また、上記ランダム共重合体b1は、更にポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むので、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造が立体反発基として作用することで顔料同士の吸着を阻害でき、顔料起因の欠陥を抑制できると推測される。
 また、上記ランダム共重合体b1は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2とポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むランダム共重合体であるので、樹脂組成物中において、ランダム共重合体b1同士や、ランダム共重合体b1と他の樹脂との酸塩基相互作用が可逆的に起こり易く、軟凝集状態を維持しやすいと推測される。このため、樹脂組成物の保管時において、樹脂成分の凝集を抑制してミクロな沈殿等の発生を抑制できると推測される。さらには、ランダム共重合体b1は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むことにより、溶剤への溶解性も高くでき、更には軟化点も低くすることもできるので、樹脂組成物中にランダム共重合体b1由来のミクロな沈殿が生じても、製膜時の加熱などにより、軟化または溶解して膜になじむと推測される。
 このような理由により、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いることで欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成することができると推測される。
According to the resin composition of the present invention, by containing the random copolymer b1 described above, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. The reason why such effects are obtained is presumed to be as follows.
The random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group and the repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group. It is speculated that they interact and adsorb to the pigment. In addition, since the random copolymer b1 further includes a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, the polyalkyleneoxy structure acts as a steric repulsion group to inhibit adsorption between pigments. It is speculated that defects can be suppressed.
The random copolymer b1 is a random copolymer containing a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Therefore, in the resin composition, the acid-base interaction between the random copolymer b1 and between the random copolymer b1 and another resin is likely to occur reversibly, and it is assumed that the soft aggregation state is easily maintained. . For this reason, it is presumed that during storage of the resin composition, aggregation of the resin component can be suppressed, and the occurrence of microprecipitation can be suppressed. Furthermore, the random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, so that the solubility in solvents can be increased and the softening point can be lowered, so that the resin composition Even if a microprecipitate originating from the random copolymer b1 occurs in it, it is presumed that it softens or dissolves due to heating during film formation, etc., and fits into the film.
For these reasons, it is presumed that the use of the resin composition of the present invention enables formation of a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した場合において、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、上記ランダム共重合体b1は、酸基と塩基性基とを含むので、製膜時に膜の基材側に偏在しやすく、色材などの現像残渣成分の基材への吸着を抑制することができると推測される。また、このランダム共重合体b1はポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むので、現像液とのなじみも良好であり、現像時に除去されやすい。このような理由により、本発明の樹脂組成物は、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。 In addition, when a pattern is formed by photolithography using the resin composition of the present invention, it is possible to suppress the generation of development residues. Although the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, since the random copolymer b1 contains an acid group and a basic group, it tends to be unevenly distributed on the substrate side of the film during film formation, and the coloring material It is presumed that the adsorption of development residue components, such as, to the substrate can be suppressed. Further, since the random copolymer b1 contains the repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, it has good compatibility with the developer and is easily removed during development. For these reasons, the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the generation of development residues.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタの着色画素形成用の樹脂組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters. Examples of the optical filter include a color filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a near-infrared cut filter, and the like, and a color filter is preferable. Moreover, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for a solid-state imaging device. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
 カラーフィルタとしては、特定の波長の光を透過させる着色画素を有するフィルタが挙げられる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることが好ましい。カラーフィルタの着色画素は、有彩色色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 Examples of color filters include filters having colored pixels that transmit light of specific wavelengths. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels are preferred. The colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a chromatic coloring material.
 近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長は、波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1000nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比(吸光度Amax/吸光度A550)は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。近赤外線カットフィルタは、近赤外線吸収色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter preferably exists in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. . The transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. Also, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less. The ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm (absorbance Amax/absorbance A550) is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , more preferably 70-450, and particularly preferably 100-400. A near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing colorant.
 近赤外線透過フィルタは、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタである。近赤外線透過フィルタは、可視光の少なくとも一部を遮光し、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタであることが好ましい。近赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。近赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
A near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least part of near-infrared rays. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least part of visible light and transmits at least part of near-infrared light. The near-infrared transmission filter has a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and has a transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. Filters satisfying spectral characteristics with a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) are preferred. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(2): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(3): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(4): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(5): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遮光膜などにも用いることができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a light shielding film.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、5~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Each component used in the resin composition of the present invention will be described below.
<<色材A>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、色材A(以下、色材と記す)を含有する。色材としては白色色材、黒色色材、有彩色色材、近赤外線吸収色材が挙げられる。また、色材には顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。なお、本発明において、白色色材には純白色のみならず、白に近い明るい灰色(例えば灰白色、薄灰色など)の色材も含まれる。
<<coloring material A>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains coloring material A (hereinafter referred to as coloring material). Examples of colorants include white colorants, black colorants, chromatic colorants, and near-infrared absorption colorants. A pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material. In the present invention, the white colorant includes not only a pure white colorant but also a light gray colorant close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料を含むものが用いられる。顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料は、有彩色顔料及び近赤外線吸収顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。 The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but an organic pigment is preferred from the viewpoints of color variation, ease of dispersibility, safety, and the like. Moreover, the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from chromatic pigments and near-infrared absorbing pigments, and more preferably contains a chromatic pigment.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the resin composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 顔料および顔料誘導体の結晶子サイズは、0.1~50nmであることが好ましく、0.5~30nmであることがより好ましく、1~15nmであることが更に好ましい。結晶子サイズはX線回折装置を用いて回折角のピークの半値幅より求めることができ、シェラーの式を用いて算出される。顔料および顔料誘導体の結晶子サイズは、製造条件の調整、製造後に粉砕するなどの公知の方法で調整することができる。 The crystallite size of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, even more preferably 1 to 15 nm. The crystallite size can be obtained from the half width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffractometer, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula. The crystallite size of pigments and pigment derivatives can be adjusted by known methods such as adjustment of production conditions and pulverization after production.
 顔料および顔料誘導体の比表面積は1~300m/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m/g以上であることが好ましく、30m/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m/g以下であることが好ましく、200m/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area  of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The pigment and pigment derivative preferably have a specific surface area of 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料と顔料誘導体とを含むものであることが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体の詳細については後述する。顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~50質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、3質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、30質量部以下であることが好ましく、20質量部以下であることがより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Details of the pigment derivative will be described later. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、更に染料を含むものであってもよい。染料を含む場合、染料の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して10~100質量部が好ましい。上限は80質量部以下であることが好ましく、70質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は20質量部以上であることが好ましく、30質量部以上であることがより好ましく、40質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。染料は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、染料を実質的に含まないものであることも好ましい。この態様によれば、耐光性や耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。染料を実質的に含まないとは、色材中における染料の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることを意味し、0.01質量%以下であることが好ましく、含有しないことが更に好ましい。
The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye. When a dye is included, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one dye may be used, or two or more dyes may be used in combination.
Moreover, it is also preferable that the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention substantially does not contain a dye. According to this aspect, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. “Substantially free of dye” means that the content of dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no dye. .
(有彩色色材)
 有彩色色材としては、波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する色材が挙げられる。例えば、黄色色材、オレンジ色色材、赤色色材、緑色色材、紫色色材、青色色材などが挙げられる。耐熱性の観点から有彩色色材は、顔料(有彩色顔料)であることが好ましく、赤色顔料、黄色顔料、及び青色顔料がより好ましく、赤色顔料及び青色顔料が更に好ましい。有彩色顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
(chromatic colorant)
Examples of chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples thereof include yellow colorants, orange colorants, red colorants, green colorants, purple colorants, and blue colorants. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic colorant is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and still more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
 赤色色材としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色色材は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo It is preferably a compound, more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Also, the red colorant is preferably a pigment.
 赤色色材の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色色材として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色色材、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色色材、特開2020-090632号公報の段落番号0229に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、特開2020-079396号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、特開2020-066702号公報の段落番号0025~0041に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色色材として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments. Further, as a red colorant, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 Pyrrole compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/117965, brominated diketopyrrolo described in JP 2020-085947 Pyrrole compound, naphthol azo compound described in JP-A-2012-229344, red colorant described in JP-A-6516119, red colorant described in JP-A-6525101, paragraph of JP-A-2020-090632 Brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in No. 0229, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140741, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 A perylene compound described in JP-A-079396, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702, and the like can also be used. In addition, as a red colorant, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. can also
 赤色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264が更に好ましい。 As a red colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269 and 272 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264 are more preferred.
 緑色色材としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料であることがより好ましい。また、緑色色材は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, etc., preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments. Also, the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
 緑色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-076995号公報に記載のコアシェル型色素などを用いることもできる。 Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. I. Green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65 and 66 are included. Further, as a green colorant, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as a green colorant, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in WO 2012/102395, described in JP 2019-008014. The phthalocyanine compound, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2020-070426, JP-A-2020-076995 The core-shell type dyes described in can also be used.
 緑色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36,58がより好ましい。
用いられる。
As a green coloring material, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62 and 63 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Greens 36 and 58 are more preferred.
Used.
 オレンジ色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Specific examples of orange colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
 黄色色材としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物が挙げられる。黄色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds. Specific examples of the yellow coloring material include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments.
 また、黄色色材としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
As the yellow colorant, a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 また、黄色色材として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2018-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073697号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073698号公報に記載のメチン染料、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033525号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033524号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033523号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033522号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033521号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045200号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045199号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045197号に記載の化合物、特開2020-093994号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2020-083982号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、国際公開第2020/105346号に記載のペリレン化合物、特表2020-517791号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、下記式(QP1)で表される化合物、下記式(QP2)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Further, as the yellow colorant, compounds described in JP-A-2017-201003, compounds described in JP-A-2017-197719, paragraph numbers 0011-0062, 0137-0276 of JP-A-2017-171912 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0062 and 0138 to 0295 of JP-A-2017-171913, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011-0062 and 0139-0190 of JP-A-2017-171914, JP 2017 -Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-171915, quinophthalone compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011-0034 of JP-A-2013-054339, paragraph numbers 0013- of JP-A-2014-026228 0058, the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, and the patent No. 6432076. Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-155881, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-111757, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-040835, JP-A-2017 -Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-197640, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2016-145282, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-085565, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-021139, in particular Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209614, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209435, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-181015, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-061622 , the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-032486, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2012-226110, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074987, the JP-A-2008-081565. Quinophthalone compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-050420, JP-A-2008-031281 The quinophthalone compound described, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-B-48-032765, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-6607427, and JP-A-2019-073695. The methine dye described, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073696, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073697, the methine dye described in JP-A-2019-073698, Korean Patent No. 10- Compounds described in 2014-0034963, compounds described in JP 2017-095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Patent No. 6607427, JP 2020-033525 Compounds described in JP-A-2020-033524, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033523, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033522, JP-A-2020-033521 Compounds described in, compounds described in WO 2020/045200, compounds described in WO 2020/045199, compounds described in WO 2020/045197, described in JP 2020-093994 The azo compound, the perylene compound described in JP-A-2020-083982, the perylene compound described in International Publication No. 2020/105346, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2020-517791, represented by the following formula (QP1) A compound represented by the following formula (QP2) can also be used. Moreover, those obtained by polymerizing these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(QP1)中、X~X16は各々独立に水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表し、Zは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表す。式(QP1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許第6443711号公報の段落番号0016に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
In formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP1) include compounds described in paragraph number 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(QP2)中、Y~Yは、それぞれ独立にハロゲン原子を示す。n、mは0~6の整数、pは0~5の整数を表す。(n+m)は1以上である。式(QP2)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許6432077号公報の段落番号0047~0048に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (QP2), Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom. n and m are integers from 0 to 6; p is an integer from 0 to 5; (n+m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
 紫色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Specific examples of purple coloring materials include C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
 青色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられる。また、青色色材として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of blue colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. pigments. An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue colorant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報、特開2020-026503号公報、特開2020-033526号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ピロロピロール顔料としては結晶格子面のうち(±1±1±1)の8個の面の中でX線回折パターンにおける最大ピークに対応する面方向の結晶子サイズが140Å以下であるものを用いることも好ましい。また、ピロロピロール顔料の物性については、特開2020-097744号公報の段落番号0028~0073に記載の通り設定することも好ましい。 Regarding the diffraction angle that various pigments preferably have, Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, JP-A-2020-026503, JP-A-2020-033526. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. Also, the pyrrolopyrrole pigment has a crystallite size of 140 Å or less in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes (±1±1±1) of the crystal lattice planes. is also preferred. Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are preferably set as described in paragraphs 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
 また、顔料としては、特許6744002号公報に記載のラマンスペクトルを有するハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を使用することも、分光特性を高める観点で好ましい。また、顔料としては、国際公開第2019/107166号に記載の接触角を制御したジオキサジン顔料を使用することも粘度調整の観点で好ましい。 As the pigment, it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of enhancing spectral characteristics. As the pigment, it is also preferable to use a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in WO 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
 有彩色色材には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo, anilinoazo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, Phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes can be used.
 有彩色色材には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant. The dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent and used. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682. A dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. A plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 また、有彩色色材として、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物を用いることができる。有彩色色材は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。有彩色色材として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, as a chromatic colorant, a diarylmethane compound described in JP-A-2020-504758, a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, and JP-A-2020-117638. The xanthene compound described in, the phthalocyanine compound described in WO2020/174991, the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2020-160279 or a salt thereof, described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 The compound represented by Formula 1 of, the compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, the compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 compounds, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, Patent No. 6809649 and the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2020-180176. The chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-like structure, or may be used in both structures. As a chromatic colorant, a quinophthalone compound represented by Formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, and JP-A-2022-029701. No. 2022/014635, the isoindoline compound described in WO 2022/014635, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2022/024926, the compound described in JP 2022-045895, the international publication Compounds described in 2022/050051 can also be used.
 有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。樹脂組成物中に有彩色色材を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の樹脂組成物は、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色色材と青色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form a black color. Examples of such combinations include the following aspects (1) to (7). When the resin composition contains two or more chromatic colorants and the combination of the two or more chromatic colorants exhibits a black color, the resin composition of the present invention forms a near-infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for
(1) A mode containing a red colorant and a blue colorant.
(2) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant.
(3) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant.
(4) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant.
(5) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant.
(6) A mode containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a green colorant.
(7) A mode containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
(白色色材)
 白色色材としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、中空樹脂粒子、硫化亜鉛などの無機顔料(白色顔料)が挙げられる。白色顔料は、チタン原子を有する粒子が好ましく、酸化チタンがより好ましい。また、白色顔料は、波長589nmの光に対する屈折率が2.10以上の粒子であることが好ましい。前述の屈折率は、2.10~3.00であることが好ましく、2.50~2.75であることがより好ましい。
(white colorant)
White colorants include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide. The white pigment is preferably particles containing titanium atoms, more preferably titanium oxide. Further, the white pigment is preferably particles having a refractive index of 2.10 or more for light with a wavelength of 589 nm. The aforementioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
 また、白色顔料は「酸化チタン 物性と応用技術 清野学著 13~45ページ 1991年6月25日発行、技報堂出版発行」に記載の酸化チタンを用いることもできる。 In addition, as the white pigment, the titanium oxide described in "Titanium Oxide Physical Properties and Applied Technology Manabu Seino, Pages 13-45, June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
 白色顔料は、単一の無機物からなるものだけでなく、他の素材と複合させた粒子を用いてもよい。例えば、内部に空孔や他の素材を有する粒子、コア粒子に無機粒子を多数付着させた粒子、ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子を用いることが好ましい。上記ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子としては、例えば、特開2015-047520号公報の段落番号0012~0042の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The white pigment is not only made of a single inorganic substance, but also particles combined with other materials may be used. For example, particles having voids or other materials inside, particles having a core particle to which a large number of inorganic particles are attached, and core-shell composite particles consisting of a core particle made of polymer particles and a shell layer made of inorganic nanoparticles are used. is preferred. For the core and shell composite particles composed of the core particles composed of the polymer particles and the shell layer composed of the inorganic nanoparticles, for example, the description of paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP-A-2015-047520 can be referred to, The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 白色顔料は、中空無機粒子を用いることもできる。中空無機粒子とは、内部に空洞を有する構造の無機粒子であり、外殻に包囲された空洞を有する無機粒子のことを言う。中空無機粒子としては、特開2011-075786号公報、国際公開第2013/061621号、特開2015-164881号公報などに記載された中空無機粒子が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment. A hollow inorganic particle is an inorganic particle having a structure having a cavity inside, and refers to an inorganic particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell. Examples of hollow inorganic particles include hollow inorganic particles described in JP 2011-075786, WO 2013/061621, JP 2015-164881, etc., the contents of which are incorporated herein. be
(黒色色材)
 黒色色材としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色色材としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等の無機顔料(黒色顔料)が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。
(black colorant)
The black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. For example, inorganic black colorants include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite. Carbon black and titanium black are preferred, and titanium black is more preferred.
 チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整された分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, preferably low order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing cohesion, and the like. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Further, treatment with a water-repellent substance as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-302836 is also possible. Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to the range of 0.20 to 0.50, may be mentioned. Regarding the dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Commercially available examples of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 カーボンブラックとしては、例えば、ファーネスブラック、チャンネルブラック、サーマルブラック、アセチレンブラック及びランプブラックが挙げられる。カーボンブラックとしては、オイルファーネス法やガスブラック方式等の公知の方法で製造されたカーボンブラックを使用してもよく、市販品を使用してもよい。カーボンブラックの市販品としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントブラック7、カラーブラックS170(デグサ社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of carbon black include furnace black, channel black, thermal black, acetylene black and lamp black. As the carbon black, carbon black produced by a known method such as an oil furnace method or a gas black method may be used, or a commercially available product may be used. Commercially available products of carbon black include, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Black 7, Color Black S170 (manufactured by Degussa), and the like.
 カーボンブラックとしては、表面処理されたカーボンブラックを用いてもよい。表面処理により、カーボンブラックの粒子表面状態を改質でき、組成物中での分散安定性を向上させることができる。表面処理としては、樹脂による被覆処理、酸基を導入する表面処理、及びシランカップリング剤による表面処理が挙げられる。表面処理されたカーボンブラックとしては、樹脂による被覆処理がされたカーボンブラックが好ましい。カーボンブラックの粒子表面を樹脂で被覆することにより、膜の遮光性及び絶縁性を向上させることができる。また、リーク電流の低減等により、画像表示装置の信頼性等を向上させることができる。このため、膜を遮光性及び絶縁性が要求される用途に用いる場合等に好適である。被覆樹脂としては、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ノボラック樹脂、フェノール樹脂、ウレア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、アルキルベンゼン樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、及び変性ポリフェニレンオキサイドが挙げられる。被覆樹脂の含有量は、膜の遮光性及び絶縁性がより優れる点から、カーボンブラック及び被覆樹脂の合計に対して、0.1~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~30質量%がより好ましい。 As the carbon black, surface-treated carbon black may be used. The surface treatment can modify the surface state of the carbon black particles and improve the dispersion stability in the composition. Examples of the surface treatment include coating treatment with a resin, surface treatment by introducing an acid group, and surface treatment with a silane coupling agent. Carbon black coated with a resin is preferable as the surface-treated carbon black. By coating the surface of the carbon black particles with a resin, the light-shielding properties and insulating properties of the film can be improved. In addition, the reliability of the image display device can be improved by reducing leakage current. Therefore, it is suitable for use in applications where the film is required to have light shielding properties and insulating properties. Coating resins include epoxy resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, novolac resins, phenolic resins, urea resins, melamine resins, polyurethane resins, diallyl phthalate resins, alkylbenzene resins, polystyrene resins, polycarbonate resins, polybutylene terephthalate, and modified polyphenylene. oxides. The content of the coating resin is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, with respect to the total of carbon black and coating resin, from the viewpoint of better light shielding and insulating properties of the film. preferable.
 また、有機黒色色材として、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられる。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.ピグメントブラック31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。 Also, examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds. Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515233, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515234, etc. For example, "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF Corporation. Available. Examples of perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる色材は、上述した黒色色材のみであってもよく、有彩色色材を更に含むものであってもよい。黒色色材と有彩色色材とを併用することで、可視領域での遮光性に優れた膜を形成できる樹脂組成物が得られやすい。黒色色材と有彩色色材とを併用する場合、両者の質量比は、黒色色材:有彩色色材=100:10~300であることが好ましく、100:20~200であることがより好ましい。 The coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be the above-described black coloring material only, or may further include a chromatic coloring material. By using a black colorant and a chromatic colorant together, it is easy to obtain a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent light-shielding properties in the visible region. When a black colorant and a chromatic colorant are used together, the mass ratio of the two is preferably black colorant: chromatic colorant = 100:10 to 300, more preferably 100:20 to 200. preferable.
 黒色色材と有彩色色材の好ましい組み合わせとしては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
 (A-1)有機黒色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-2)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-3)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-4)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Preferred combinations of black colorants and chromatic colorants include, for example, the following.
(A-1) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant and a blue colorant.
(A-2) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant and a yellow colorant.
(A-3) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant and a red colorant.
(A-4) An embodiment containing an organic black colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
 上記(A-1)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材=100:1~70であることが好ましく、100:5~60であることがより好ましく、100:10~50であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-2)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材の質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材=100:10~90:10~90であることが好ましく、100:15~85:15~80であることがより好ましく、100:20~80:20~70であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-3)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:赤色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-4)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:紫色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
In the aspect of (A-1) above, the mass ratio of the organic black colorant and the blue colorant is preferably organic black colorant:blue colorant = 100:1 to 70, preferably 100:5 to 60. more preferably 100:10 to 50.
In the aspect of (A-2) above, the mass ratio of the organic black colorant, the blue colorant, and the yellow colorant is organic black colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant = 100: 10 to 90: 10 to 90. more preferably 100:15-85:15-80, even more preferably 100:20-80:20-70.
In the aspect of (A-3) above, the mass ratio of the organic black colorant, the blue colorant, the yellow colorant, and the red colorant is organic black colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant: red colorant = 100. : 20-150:1-60:10-100, more preferably 100:30-130:5-50:20-90, 100:40-120:10-40:30- 80 is more preferred.
In the aspect of (A-4) above, the mass ratio of the organic black colorant, the blue colorant, the yellow colorant, and the purple colorant is organic black colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant: purple colorant = 100. : 20-150:1-60:10-100, more preferably 100:30-130:5-50:20-90, 100:40-120:10-40:30- 80 is more preferred.
(近赤外線吸収色材)
 近赤外線吸収色材は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましく、波長700nmを超え1400nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長700nmを超え1200nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長700nmを超え1000nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aが0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材は、顔料であることが好ましく、有機顔料であることがより好ましい。
(Near-infrared absorption colorant)
The near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 nm and 1800 nm or less, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 nm and 1400 nm or less. A compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 1200 nm or less is more preferable, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and 1000 nm or less is particularly preferable. Further, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less. preferable. Also, the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.
 近赤外線吸収色材としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071486号に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。金属酸化物としては、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化アンチモンスズ、酸化亜鉛、Alドープ酸化亜鉛、フッ素ドープ二酸化スズ、ニオブドープ二酸化チタン、酸化タングステンなどが挙げられる。酸化タングステンの詳細については、特開2016-006476号公報の段落番号0080を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。金属ホウ化物としては、ホウ化ランタンなどが挙げられる。ホウ化ランタンの市販品としては、LaB-F(日本新金属(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、金属ホウ化物としては、国際公開第2017/119394号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。酸化インジウムスズの市販品としては、F-ITO(DOWAハイテック(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Near-infrared absorbing colorants include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like. Examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987. Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-2015-176046, compounds described in paragraph No. 0072 of WO 2016/190162, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0196 to 0228 of JP-A-2016-074649 , the compound described in paragraph number 0124 of JP 2017-067963, the compound described in WO 2017/135359, the compound described in JP 2017-114956, the compound described in Patent 6197940, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166. As the cyanine compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2009-108267, compounds described in paragraphs 0026-0030 of JP-A-2002-194040, and JP-A-2015-172004. The compound, the compound described in JP-A-2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-088426, the compound described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP-A-2017-031394 and the like compounds described in. Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029. As the iminium compound, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071486, and phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804. Examples of metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide. For details of tungsten oxide, paragraph 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein. Examples of metal borides include lanthanum boride. Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.). Moreover, as a metal boride, the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used. Commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
 また、近赤外線吸収色材としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as the near-infrared absorbing colorant, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, the patent Squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5884953, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraph numbers 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047 , Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0075 of JP-A-2018-054760, pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0078-0082 of JP-A-2018-040955, JP-A-2018-002773 A pyrrole ring-containing compound described in paragraph numbers 0043 to 0069 of JP-A-2018-041047, a squarylium compound having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position described in paragraph numbers 0024-0086 of JP-A-2017-179131. amide-linked squarylium compounds, compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017 -Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of JP-A-068120, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, etc. can also be used.
(顔料誘導体)
 本発明において、色材には顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。本発明では、顔料と顔料誘導体を併用することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
(pigment derivative)
In the present invention, a pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a pigment and a pigment derivative together. Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。 Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, and a pyrrolopyrrole dye. skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton, Isoindoline dye skeletons, isoindolinone dye skeletons, quinophthalone dye skeletons, dithiol dye skeletons, triarylmethane dye skeletons, pyrromethene dye skeletons, and the like can be mentioned.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5または-SONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 The acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable. As the sulfonic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable. The imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or —SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体は、色素骨格に塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、顔料誘導体は、ウレア構造、アミド構造またはウレタン構造を有する化合物であることも好ましい。 The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton. Also, the pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a urea structure, an amide structure or a urethane structure.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述の実施例に記載の化合物、特開昭56-118462号公報に記載の化合物、特開昭63-264674号公報に記載の化合物、特開平01-217077号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-009961号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-026767号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-153780号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-045662号公報に記載の化合物、特開平04-285669号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-145546号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-212088号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-240158号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-030063号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-195326号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082に記載の化合物、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171に記載の化合物、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183に記載の化合物、特開2003-081972号公報に記載の化合物、特許第5299151号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172732号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-199308号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-085562号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-035351号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-133154号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載のチオール連結基を有するジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the compounds described in Examples below, the compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, the compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, and JP-A-01-217077. Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-03-009961, compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, described in JP-A-03-045662 The compound, the compound described in JP-A-04-285669, the compound described in JP-A-06-145546, the compound described in JP-A-06-212088, the compound described in JP-A-06-240158 , the compound described in JP-A-10-030063, the compound described in JP-A-10-195326, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, WO 2012/102399 The compound described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of, the compound described in paragraph number 0082 of WO 2017/038252, the compound described in paragraph number 0171 of JP 2015-151530, JP 2011-252065 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0162 to 0183 of, compounds described in JP-A-2003-081972, compounds described in Patent No. 5299151, compounds described in JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014-199308 Compounds described in JP-A-2014-085562, compounds described in JP-A-2014-035351, compounds described in JP-A-2008-081565, JP-A-2019-109512 Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-2019-133154, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds having a thiol linking group described in WO 2020/002106, benzimidazo described in JP-A-2018-168244 ron compounds or salts thereof.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量は30~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、65質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、45質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、55質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、77.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、75質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、顔料の含有量が高い場合であっても、上述したランダム共重合体b1を含むことにより、欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成できる。さらには、現像残渣の発生も抑制できる。このため、本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料の含有量が高い場合において、本発明の効果が顕著に発揮される。 The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and 50% by mass. More preferably, it is 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 55% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less. According to the resin composition of the present invention, even when the content of the pigment is high, it is possible to form a film in which the generation of defects is suppressed by containing the above-described random copolymer b1. Furthermore, generation of development residue can be suppressed. Therefore, the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited in the resin composition of the present invention when the pigment content is high.
 色材中における顔料の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。また、色材中における顔料と顔料誘導体の合計の含有量は、25~100質量%であることが好ましく、55~100質量%であることがより好ましく、75~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 20-100% by mass, more preferably 50-100% by mass, and even more preferably 70-100% by mass. Further, the total content of the pigment and the pigment derivative in the colorant is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and further preferably 75 to 100% by mass. preferable.
<<樹脂B>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は樹脂B(以下、樹脂と記す)を含む。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<<Resin B>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter referred to as resin). The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
(特定樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2と、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むランダム共重合体b1(以下、特定樹脂ともいう)を含む。ここで、ランダム共重合体とは、二つ以上の繰り返し単位が無秩序に配列している共重合体のことを意味する。これに対し、ブロック共重合体とは、2種類以上の単量体から成る共重合体であって、それぞれ同種の単量体から成る高分子鎖が、1本の鎖の中に結合している共重合体のことを意味する。
(specific resin)
The resin contained in the resin composition of the present invention is a random copolymer containing a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. It contains a polymer b1 (hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin). Here, a random copolymer means a copolymer in which two or more repeating units are randomly arranged. On the other hand, a block copolymer is a copolymer composed of two or more types of monomers, in which polymer chains each composed of the same type of monomers are bound in one chain. It means a copolymer with
[繰り返し単位b-1]
 特定樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位b-1(以下、繰り返し単位b-1ともいう)を含む。酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。
[Repeating unit b-1]
The specific resin contains a repeating unit b-1 having an acid group (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-1). The acid group includes a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group and a phenolic hydroxy group, preferably a carboxy group.
 繰り返し単位b-1に含まれる酸基の個数は1個であってもよく、2個以上であってもよい。繰り返し単位b-1に含まれる酸基の個数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1個または2個であることがより好ましい。 The number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b-1 may be one, or two or more. The number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b-1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b-1としては、下記式(bb-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Examples of the repeating unit b-1 include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(bb-1)のRb11~Rb13は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb11~Rb13が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 R b11 to R b13 in formula (bb-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b11 to R b13 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
 式(bb-1)のLb11は、単結合またはn1+1価の連結基を表す。ただし、n1が2以上の場合は、Lb11は、n1+1価の連結基である。
 Lb11が表すn1+1価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
Lb11 in formula (bb-1) represents a single bond or an n1+1-valent linking group. However, when n1 is 2 or more, L b11 is an n1+1-valent linking group.
The n1+1-valent linking group represented by L b11 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, - OCO-, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more of these may be mentioned. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 式(bb-1)のAb11は酸基を表す。Ab11が表す酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。 A b11 in formula (bb-1) represents an acid group. The acid group represented by A b11 includes a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group and a phenolic hydroxy group, preferably a carboxy group.
 式(bb-1)のn1は1以上の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましい。 n1 in formula (bb-1) represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b-1の具体例としては、以下に示す構造の化合物由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Specific examples of the repeating unit b-1 include repeating units derived from compounds having the structures shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b-1の含有量は0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、1質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は30質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit b-1 in the specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
[繰り返し単位b-2]
 特定樹脂は、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2(以下、繰り返し単位b-2ともいう)を含む。塩基性基はアミノ基であることが好ましい。アミノ基としては、-NRam1am2で表される基、および、環状アミノ基が挙げられ、-NRam1am2で表される基であることが好ましい。
[Repeating unit b-2]
The specific resin contains a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-2). Preferably, the basic group is an amino group. The amino group includes a group represented by -NR am1 R am2 and a cyclic amino group, preferably a group represented by -NR am1 R am2 .
 -NRam1am2で表される基において、Ram1およびRam2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基及びアリール基を表し、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましく、1または2が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
In the group represented by -NR am1 R am2 , R am1 and R am2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, even more preferably 1-3, and particularly preferably 1 or 2. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12.
 環状アミノ基としては、ピロリジン基、ピペリジン基、ピペラジン基、モルホリン基などが挙げられる。これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基およびアリール基などが挙げられる。 The cyclic amino group includes a pyrrolidine group, a piperidine group, a piperazine group, a morpholine group and the like. These groups may further have a substituent. Substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups.
 繰り返し単位b-2に含まれる塩基性基の個数は1個であってもよく、2個以上であってもよい。繰り返し単位b-2に含まれる塩基性基の個数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1個または2個であることがより好ましい。 The number of basic groups contained in the repeating unit b-2 may be 1, or may be 2 or more. The number of basic groups contained in the repeating unit b-2 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b-2は、共役酸のpKaが9.5以上の化合物由来の繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、欠陥の発生が抑制された膜を形成することができる。上記化合物の共役酸のpKaは6以上であることが好ましく、9以上であることがより好ましい。上記化合物の共役酸のpKaの上限は、12以下であることが好ましく、10以下であることがより好ましい。化合物の共役酸のpKaは、中和滴定法にて測定することができる。測定方法としては、測定試料の濃度が1mMであるジメチルスルホキシド溶液20mLに、50mMの硫酸とジメチルスルホキシドとの混合溶液を添加し、中和滴定曲線から、共役酸のpKaを算出する方法が挙げられる。中和滴定時のpHは、ISFET(Ion Sensitive Field Effect Transistor)電極を用いて測定することができる。 The repeating unit b-2 is preferably a repeating unit derived from a compound having a conjugate acid pKa of 9.5 or higher. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is suppressed. The pKa of the conjugate acid of the compound is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 9 or more. The upper limit of the pKa of the conjugate acid of the above compound is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less. The pKa of the conjugate acid of the compound can be measured by a neutralization titration method. As a measurement method, a mixed solution of 50 mM sulfuric acid and dimethyl sulfoxide is added to 20 mL of a dimethyl sulfoxide solution having a concentration of 1 mM of the measurement sample, and the pKa of the conjugate acid is calculated from the neutralization titration curve. . The pH during neutralization titration can be measured using an ISFET (Ion Sensitive Field Effect Transistor) electrode.
 繰り返し単位b-2としては、下記式(bb-2)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Examples of the repeating unit b-2 include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(bb-2)のRb21~Rb23は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb21~Rb23が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 R b21 to R b23 in formula (bb-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b21 to R b23 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
 式(bb-2)のLb21は、単結合またはn2+1価の連結基を表す。ただし、n2が2以上の場合は、Lb21は、n2+1価の連結基である。
 Lb21が表すn2+1価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。Lb21が表すn2+1価の連結基は、ウレア結合(-NH-CO-NH-)やウレタン結合(-NH-COO-または-OCO-NH-)を含むものであってもよい。
Lb21 in formula (bb-2) represents a single bond or an n2+1-valent linking group. However, when n2 is 2 or more, L b21 is an n2+1-valent linking group.
The n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, —NH—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —COO—, OCO -, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more thereof. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 may contain a urea bond (--NH--CO--NH--) or a urethane bond (--NH--COO-- or --OCO--NH--).
 式(bb-2)のAb21は塩基性基を表す。Ab21が表す塩基性基としては、アミノ基であることが好ましい。 A b21 in formula (bb-2) represents a basic group. The basic group represented by A b21 is preferably an amino group.
 式(bb-2)のn2は1以上の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましい。 n2 in formula (bb-2) represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b-2の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物b-2-1~b-2-22由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the repeating unit b-2 include repeating units derived from compounds b-2-1 to b-2-22 described in Examples described later.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b-2の含有量は0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は1質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は45質量%以下であることが好ましく、35質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit b-2 in the specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less.
[繰り返し単位b-3]
 特定樹脂は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3(以下、繰り返し単位b-3ともいう)を含む。
[Repeating unit b-3]
The specific resin contains a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-3).
 繰り返し単位b1-3の分子量は、350~1500であることが好ましい。分子量が上記範囲であれば、欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成することができる。更には、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制することもできる。更にまた、樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑えて、経時安定性をより向上させることができる。繰り返し単位b1-3の分子量の上限は、1400以下であることが好ましく、1200以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、400以上であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、繰り返し単位b-3の分子量とは、同繰り返し単位の重合に用いた原料モノマーの分子量から算出した値である。原料モノマーの分子量が構造式から計算できる場合には、構造式から算出した値を原料モノマーの分子量の値を、繰り返し単位b-3の分子量の値とする。原料モノマーの分子量が構造式から計算できない場合には、原料モノマーの重量平均分子量の値を、繰り返し単位b-3の分子量の値とする。 The molecular weight of the repeating unit b1-3 is preferably 350-1500. If the molecular weight is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed. Furthermore, the generation of development residues can be suppressed more effectively. Furthermore, the increase in the viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed, and the stability over time can be further improved. The upper limit of the molecular weight of the repeating unit b1-3 is preferably 1400 or less, more preferably 1200 or less. The lower limit is preferably 400 or more. In this specification, the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3 is a value calculated from the molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for polymerization of the same repeating unit. When the molecular weight of the starting monomer can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the starting monomer calculated from the structural formula is used as the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3. When the molecular weight of the raw material monomer cannot be calculated from the structural formula, the value of the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer is used as the value of the molecular weight of the repeating unit b-3.
 ポリアルキレンオキシ構造とは、アルキレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位とし、2個以上のアルキレンオキシ基で構成された構造のことである。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造は、1種のアルキレンオキシ基で構成されていてもよく、2種のアルキレンオキシ基で構成されていてもよい。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を構成するアルキレンオキシ基の炭素数は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、2または3が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を構成するアルキレンオキシ基の数は、4~40個であることが好ましい。下限は、5個以上であることが好ましく、8個以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、35個以下であることが好ましく、30個以下であることがより好ましい。
A polyalkyleneoxy structure is a structure composed of two or more alkyleneoxy groups, each of which has an alkyleneoxy group as a repeating unit. The polyalkyleneoxy structure may be composed of one type of alkyleneoxy group, or may be composed of two types of alkyleneoxy groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneoxy group constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
The number of alkyleneoxy groups constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 4-40. The lower limit is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 8 or more. The upper limit is preferably 35 or less, more preferably 30 or less.
 上記ポリアルキレンオキシ構造は、ポリテトラメチレンオキシ構造、ポリプロピレンオキシ構造、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、ポリテトラメチレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造およびポリプロピレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造が好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、ポリテトラメチレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造およびポリプロピレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造がより好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ構造が更に好ましい。 The above polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polytetramethyleneoxy structure, a polypropyleneoxy structure, a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure and a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, and a polyethyleneoxy structure and a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethylene An oxy copolymer structure and a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure are more preferred, and a polyethyleneoxy structure is even more preferred.
 ポリオキシアルキレン構造の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。アルキル基は、
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基などが挙げられる。アルキル基は無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基などが挙げられる。
 ポリオキシアルキレン構造の末端構造は、水素原子またはアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
The terminal structure of the polyoxyalkylene structure is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups. Alkyl groups are
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. Alkyl groups are preferably straight or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an aryl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12. The aryl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
The terminal structure of the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
 繰り返し単位b-3としては、下記式(bb-3)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Examples of the repeating unit b-3 include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(bb-3)のRb31~Rb33は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb31~Rb33が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 R b31 to R b33 in formula (bb-3) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b31 to R b33 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
 式(bb-3)のLb31は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。
 Lb31が表す2価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
L b31 in formula (bb-3) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L b31 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, —NH—, —SO—, —SO 2 — , —CO—, —O—, —COO—, and OCO -, -S- and groups formed by combinations of two or more thereof. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 式(bb-3)のAb31はポリアルキレンオキシ構造を表す。Ab31が表すポリアルキレンオキシ構造としては、上述したものが挙げられる。 A b31 in formula (bb-3) represents a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Examples of the polyalkyleneoxy structure represented by A b31 include those described above.
 式(bb-3)のAb32は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基などが挙げられる。アルキル基は無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基などが挙げられる。
 Ab32は、水素原子またはアルキル基であることが好ましい。
A b32 in formula (bb-3) represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups and aryl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. Alkyl groups are preferably straight or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an aryl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The alkyl group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-12. The aryl group may have a substituent. A halogen atom, an alkyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
Ab32 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 繰り返し単位b-3の具体例としては、以下に示す化合物由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Specific examples of the repeating unit b-3 include repeating units derived from the compounds shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b-3の含有量は20~90質量%であることが好ましい。下限は25質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は85質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit b-3 in the specific resin is preferably 20-90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less.
[繰り返し単位b-4]
 特定樹脂は、更に、芳香族環を2以上含む基、複素環基を含む基および縮合環を含む基から選ばれる官能基Xを有する繰り返し単位b-4(以下、繰り返し単位b-4ともいう)を含むことが好ましい。この態様によれば、欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成することができる。更には、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制することもできる。更にまた、樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑えて、経時安定性をより向上させることができる。
[Repeating unit b-4]
The specific resin further comprises a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group and a group containing a condensed ring (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b-4 ) is preferably included. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed. Furthermore, the generation of development residues can be suppressed more effectively. Furthermore, the increase in the viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed, and the stability over time can be further improved.
 繰り返し単位b-4が有する上記官能基Xは、ケトン構造を含む基であることが好ましい。
 上記官能基Xは、2~4個の環構造を有する基であることも好ましい。この態様において、官能基Xに含まれる環構造の数は、2~3個であることが好ましい。
 上記官能基Xは、ヘテロ原子を2~5個含む基であることも好ましい。この態様において、官能基Xに含まれるヘテロ原子の数は2~4個であることが好ましい。
The functional group X of the repeating unit b-4 is preferably a group containing a ketone structure.
The functional group X is also preferably a group having 2 to 4 ring structures. In this aspect, the number of ring structures contained in the functional group X is preferably 2-3.
The functional group X is also preferably a group containing 2 to 5 heteroatoms. In this aspect, the number of heteroatoms contained in the functional group X is preferably 2-4.
 官能基Xは、2~4個の環構造を有し、かつ、ヘテロ原子を2~5個含む基であることが好ましく、2~3個の環構造を有し、かつ、ヘテロ原子を2~4個含む基であることがより好ましい。特に、官能基Xは、ケトン構造を含む基であって、2~4個の環構造(好ましくは2~3個の環構造)を有し、かつ、ヘテロ原子を2~5個(好ましくは2~4個)含む基であることが好ましい。官能基Xとしてこのような構造の基を用いることで、欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成することができる。 The functional group X is preferably a group having 2 to 4 ring structures and containing 2 to 5 heteroatoms, and preferably has 2 to 3 ring structures and 2 heteroatoms. Groups containing up to 4 groups are more preferred. In particular, the functional group X is a group containing a ketone structure, has 2 to 4 ring structures (preferably 2 to 3 ring structures), and has 2 to 5 heteroatoms (preferably 2 to 4) are preferred. By using a group having such a structure as the functional group X, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed.
 官能基Xは、ナフタルイミド構造、アクリドン構造、チオキサントン構造、キサントン構造、アントロン構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサゾール構造、ベンゾトリアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサジアゾール構造、ベンゾチアジアゾール構造、ベンゾチアジン構造、ベンゾオキサジン構造、ベンゾレインウレア構造、イソチアゾリノン構造、フェノキサジン構造、フェノチアジン構造、ジヒドロアクリジン構造、フェノキサチイン構造、ジベンゾピラン構造、フルオレン構造、カルバゾール構造、カルボリン構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、ピリミジン構造、ピラジン構造、キナゾリン構造、キノキサリン構造、キノリン構造、イミダゾール構造、チアゾール構造、インドール構造、ベンゾチオフェン構造、ベンゾピラン構造、キノリノン構造、チオクロマノン構造、クロマン構造、ベンゾイミダゾロン構造、フタルイミド構造、ナフタレン-2,3-ジカルボキシイミド構造、ピラゾール構造、ピラゾロン構造、イソインドリン構造、イソインドリノン構造、アントラキノン構造、テトラゾール構造、ベンゾフェノン構造、トリアジン構造、アゾベンゼン構造、ベンザルアニリン構造、フェナジン構造、バルビツル酸構造、ペリレン構造、ペリノン構造、キノフタロン構造、カプロラクタム構造、サッカリン構造、ビフェニル構造、トリアリールベンゼン構造、トリアリールアミン構造、ベンゾチアゾロン構造またはベンゾオキサゾリノン構造を含む基であることが好ましく、
 ナフタルイミド構造、アクリドン構造、キサントン構造、アントロン構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサゾール構造、ベンゾトリアゾール構造、ベンゾオキソジアゾール構造、ベンゾチアジアゾール構造、フェノキサジン構造、フェノチアジン構造、ジヒドロアクリジン構造、フェノキサチイン構造、ジベンゾピラン構造、カルバゾール構造、カルボリン構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、ピリミジン構造、ピラジン構造、キナゾリン構造、キノキサリン構造、イミダゾール構造、チアゾール構造、インドール構造、ベンゾチオフェン構造、ベンゾピラン構造、キノリノン構造、チオクロマノン構造、クロマン構造、フタルイミド構造、ナフタレン-2,3-ジカルボキシイミド構造、ピラゾール構造、ピラゾロン構造、イソインドリン構造、イソインドリノン構造、アントラキノン構造、テトラゾール構造、ベンゾフェノン構造、トリアジン構造、アゾベンゼン構造、ベンザルアニリン構造、フェナジン構造、バルビツル酸構造、ペリレン構造、ペリノン構造、サッカリン構造、ビフェニル構造、トリアリールベンゼン構造、トリアリールアミン構造、ベンゾチアゾロン構造またはベンゾオキサゾリノン構造を含む基であることがより好ましく、
 ナフタルイミド構造、アクリドン構造、キサントン構造、アントロン構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサゾール構造、ベンゾトリアゾール構造、ベンゾオキソジアゾール構造、ベンゾチアジアゾール構造、フェノキサジン構造、フェノチアジン構造、ジヒドロアクリジン構造、フェノキサチイン構造、ジベンゾピラン構造、カルボリン構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造、ジベンゾフラン構造、ピリミジン構造、ピラジン構造、キナゾリン構造、キノキサリン構造、チオクロマノン構造、クロマン構造、フタルイミド構造、ピラゾロン構造、イソインドリノン構造、テトラゾール構造、ベンザルアニリン構造、ベンゾチアゾロン構造またはベンゾオキサゾリノン構造を含む基であることがより好ましく、
 ナフタルイミド構造、アクリドン構造、キサントン構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサゾール構造、ベンゾトリアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサジアゾール構造、ベンゾチアジアゾール構造、フェノキサジン構造、フェノチアジン構造、フェノキサチイン構造、フタルイミド構造、ピラゾロン構造、テトラゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾロン構造またはベンゾオキサゾリノン構造を含む基であることが更に好ましく、
 ナフタルイミド構造、アクリドン構造、ベンゾイミダゾール構造、ベンゾチアゾール構造、ベンゾオキサゾール構造、フェノキサジン構造、フェノチアジン構造、フェノキサチイン構造、フタルイミド構造、ピラゾロン構造またはテトラゾール構造を含む基であることがより一層に好ましく、
 欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成しやすいという理由からナフタルイミド構造またはアクリドン構造を含む基であることが特に好ましい。
The functional group X has a naphthalimide structure, an acridone structure, a thioxanthone structure, a xanthone structure, anthrone structure, a benzimidazole structure, a benzothiazole structure, a benzoxazole structure, a benzotriazole structure, a benzoxadiazole structure, a benzothiadiazole structure, a benzothiazine structure, Benzoxazine structure, benzolein urea structure, isothiazolinone structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, dihydroacridine structure, phenoxathiin structure, dibenzopyran structure, fluorene structure, carbazole structure, carboline structure, dibenzothiophene structure, dibenzofuran structure, pyrimidine structure , pyrazine structure, quinazoline structure, quinoxaline structure, quinoline structure, imidazole structure, thiazole structure, indole structure, benzothiophene structure, benzopyran structure, quinolinone structure, thiochromanone structure, chroman structure, benzimidazolone structure, phthalimide structure, naphthalene-2, 3-dicarboximide structure, pyrazole structure, pyrazolone structure, isoindoline structure, isoindolinone structure, anthraquinone structure, tetrazole structure, benzophenone structure, triazine structure, azobenzene structure, benzalaniline structure, phenazine structure, barbituric acid structure, perylene structure, a perinone structure, a quinophthalone structure, a caprolactam structure, a saccharin structure, a biphenyl structure, a triarylbenzene structure, a triarylamine structure, a benzothiazolone structure or a benzoxazolinone structure.
naphthalimide structure, acridone structure, xanthone structure, anthrone structure, benzimidazole structure, benzothiazole structure, benzoxazole structure, benzotriazole structure, benzoxodiazole structure, benzothiadiazole structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, dihydroacridine structure, phenoxathiin structure, dibenzopyran structure, carbazole structure, carboline structure, dibenzothiophene structure, dibenzofuran structure, pyrimidine structure, pyrazine structure, quinazoline structure, quinoxaline structure, imidazole structure, thiazole structure, indole structure, benzothiophene structure, benzopyran structure, quinolinone structure, thiochromanone structure, chroman structure, phthalimide structure, naphthalene-2,3-dicarboximide structure, pyrazole structure, pyrazolone structure, isoindoline structure, isoindolinone structure, anthraquinone structure, tetrazole structure, benzophenone structure, triazine structure, A group containing an azobenzene structure, benzalaniline structure, phenazine structure, barbituric acid structure, perylene structure, perinone structure, saccharin structure, biphenyl structure, triarylbenzene structure, triarylamine structure, benzothiazolone structure or benzoxazolinone structure is more preferable,
naphthalimide structure, acridone structure, xanthone structure, anthrone structure, benzimidazole structure, benzothiazole structure, benzoxazole structure, benzotriazole structure, benzoxodiazole structure, benzothiadiazole structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, dihydroacridine structure, Phenoxathiin structure, dibenzopyran structure, carboline structure, dibenzothiophene structure, dibenzofuran structure, pyrimidine structure, pyrazine structure, quinazoline structure, quinoxaline structure, thiochromanone structure, chroman structure, phthalimide structure, pyrazolone structure, isoindolinone structure, tetrazole structure , a group containing a benzalaniline structure, a benzothiazolone structure or a benzoxazolinone structure,
naphthalimide structure, acridone structure, xanthone structure, benzimidazole structure, benzothiazole structure, benzoxazole structure, benzotriazole structure, benzoxadiazole structure, benzothiadiazole structure, phenoxazine structure, phenothiazine structure, phenoxathiin structure, phthalimide structure , a group containing a pyrazolone structure, a tetrazole structure, a benzothiazolone structure or a benzoxazolinone structure,
A group containing a naphthalimide structure, an acridone structure, a benzimidazole structure, a benzothiazole structure, a benzoxazole structure, a phenoxazine structure, a phenothiazine structure, a phenoxathiin structure, a phthalimide structure, a pyrazolone structure or a tetrazole structure is even more preferred. ,
A group containing a naphthalimide structure or an acridone structure is particularly preferred because it facilitates the formation of a film in which the occurrence of defects is more suppressed.
 官能基Xの具体例としては以下に示す構造の基及びこれらの基に置換基が結合した構造の基が挙げられる。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。以下の式中、*は連結手を表し、Rは水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Specific examples of the functional group X include groups having the structures shown below and groups having a structure in which a substituent is bonded to these groups. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later. In the following formulas, * represents a linking hand, and R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上述した置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環オキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環チオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロ環スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルホニル基)、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロ環アゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基。これらの基は、更に置換可能な基である場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。 Examples of the above-mentioned substituent T include the following groups. Halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (preferably alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (preferably alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic oxy group (preferably carbon 1 to 30 heterocyclic oxy groups), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclicoxycarbonyl group (preferably heterocyclicoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy group (preferably acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acylamino group (preferably acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) , aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl group (preferably sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoylamino group (preferably 0 to 30 carbon atoms sulfamoylamino group), carbamoyl group (preferably carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylthio group (preferably arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) group), heterocyclicthio group (preferably heterocyclicthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably having 1 to 30 alkylsulfonylamino groups), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably arylsulfonyl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonylamino groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic sulfonyl groups (preferably is a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic sulfinyl group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) ), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonic acid amide group, imide group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, heterocyclic azo group, phosphinyl group , phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group. These groups may further have substituents if they are substitutable groups.
 繰り返し単位b-4としては、下記式(bb-4)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Examples of the repeating unit b-4 include repeating units represented by the following formula (bb-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(bb-4)のRb41~Rb43は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb41~Rb43が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 R b41 to R b43 in formula (bb-4) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b41 to R b43 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1.
 式(bb-4)のLb41は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。Lb41が表す2価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 L b41 in formula (bb-4) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L b41 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO -, -S-, and groups formed by combining two or more of these. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 式(bb-4)のAb41は上記官能基Xを表す。 A b41 in formula (bb-4) represents the functional group X described above.
 繰り返し単位b-4の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物b-4-1~b-4-6由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the repeating unit b-4 include repeating units derived from compounds b-4-1 to b-4-6 described later in Examples.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b-4の含有量は1~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は3質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は35質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit b-4 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 35% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
[繰り返し単位b-5]
 特定樹脂は、上述した繰り返し単位b-1~繰り返し単位b-4以外の繰り返し単位(以下、繰り返し単位b-5)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Repeating unit b-5]
The specific resin may further contain a repeating unit (hereinafter referred to as repeating unit b-5) other than repeating units b-1 to b-4 described above.
 繰り返し単位b-5としては、アルキル基、フェニル基、ヒドロキシ基などの官能基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit b-5 include repeating units having functional groups such as alkyl groups, phenyl groups, and hydroxy groups.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b-5の含有量は30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit b-5 in the specific resin is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
[特定樹脂の具体例]
 特定樹脂の具体例としては、後述する実施例に示す樹脂P1~P65が挙げられる。
[Specific examples of specific resins]
Specific examples of the specific resin include resins P1 to P65 shown in Examples described later.
[特定樹脂の物性]
 特定樹脂の酸価は、10~200mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。上限は、
180mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、140mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。特定樹脂の酸価が上記範囲であれば、欠陥色ムラの抑制された膜を形成することができる。更にまた、フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した際において、現像残渣の発生もより効果的に抑制できる。特定樹脂の酸価は、40~120mgKOH/gであることが特に好ましい。
[Physical properties of specific resin]
The acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is
It is preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which defective color unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, when the pattern is formed by photolithography, the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed. It is particularly preferable that the specific resin has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
 特定樹脂の塩基価は、10~200mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。上限は、180mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、140mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。特定樹脂の塩基価が上記範囲であれば、欠陥色ムラの抑制された膜を形成することができる。更にまた、フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した際において、現像残渣の発生もより効果的に抑制できる。特定樹脂の酸価は、40~120mgKOH/gであることが特に好ましい。 The base number of the specific resin is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the base number of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which defective color unevenness is suppressed. Furthermore, when the pattern is formed by photolithography, the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed. It is particularly preferable that the specific resin has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
 特定樹脂の塩基価に対する酸価の比(酸価/塩基価)は、0.1~30であることが好ましく、欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成することができ、更には現像残渣の発生も抑制できるという理由から0.2~20であることがより好ましい。下限は、0.3以上であることが好ましく、0.4以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましく、4以下であることが更に好ましい。 The ratio of the acid value to the base value of the specific resin (acid value/base value) is preferably 0.1 to 30, so that a film can be formed in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed, and further development residue It is more preferably 0.2 to 20 because the occurrence of is also suppressed. The lower limit is preferably 0.3 or more, more preferably 0.4 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less.
 特定樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~100000であることが好ましい。特定樹脂の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば、欠陥の発生がより抑制された膜を形成することができる。下限は、フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した際において、現像残渣の発生もより効果的に抑制できるという理由から4000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑えて、経時安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から50000以下であることが好ましく、30000以下であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 3,000 to 100,000. If the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is within the above range, it is possible to form a film in which the occurrence of defects is further suppressed. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, because the generation of development residue can be more effectively suppressed when a pattern is formed by photolithography. The upper limit is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, for the reason that the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed and the stability over time can be further improved.
(他の樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した特定樹脂とは異なる樹脂(以下、他の樹脂ともいう)を含有することができる。
(other resin)
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a resin different from the specific resin described above (hereinafter also referred to as other resin).
 他の樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂を用いることもできる。 Other resins include, for example, (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, Examples include polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins. Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP-A-2017-057265, the resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, JP Resins described in JP-A-2017-075248, resins described in JP-A-2017-066240, resins described in JP-A-2017-167513, resins described in JP-A-2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, blocks described in JP-A-2016-222891 Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP-A-2020-122052, resin described in JP-A-2020-111656, resin described in JP-A-2020-139021, JP-A-2017-138503 A resin containing a structural unit having a cyclic structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, JP-A-2020-186325 The alkali-soluble resin described in the publication and the resin represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 can also be used.
 他の樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of other resins is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 他の樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 As the other resin, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group. Examples of acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups.
 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acid group-containing resin is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on its side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol % of repeating units having an acid group on its side chain in all repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group in a side chain is preferably 50 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less. The lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 20 mol % or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落番号0076~0099の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。また、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。更に、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。 For the resin having an acid group, JP 2012-208494, paragraph numbers 0558 to 0571 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099, paragraph numbers 0685 to 0700), JP 2012-198408 The descriptions in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of the publication can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Moreover, resin which has an acid group can also use a commercial item. Moreover, the method for introducing the acid group into the resin is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629 . Furthermore, as a method for introducing an acid group into a resin, a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxy group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group can also be mentioned.
 他の樹脂としては、塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1、特開2019-184763号公報の段落番号0150~0153に記載された塩基性基を有するビニル樹脂を用いることもできる。 As other resins, resins having basic groups can also be used. Resins having basic groups can also be used as dispersants. The amine value of the resin having basic groups is preferably 5-300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. Commercially available resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38 500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (manufactured by BASF) and the like. Further, the resin having a basic group is a block copolymer (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP-A-2014-219665, and described in paragraph numbers 0046-0076 of JP-A-2018-156021. It is also possible to use the block copolymer A1 described above and vinyl resins having basic groups described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP-A-2019-184763.
 他の樹脂としては、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 Other resins include a monomer component containing a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimers"). It is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For details of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, the description in paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 他の樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As another resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0-15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 他の樹脂としては、架橋性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。架橋性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。 As another resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a crosslinkable group. Crosslinkable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with the epoxy group being preferred. The epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. The alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
 他の樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 As another resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In Resin Ac, the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位および式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
Resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, P 10 represents a polymer represents a chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Examples of the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like. Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基または下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In the above formula, Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基は、架橋性基を有していてもよい。架橋性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include groups in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— are combined, and alkylene groups are preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included. Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基または炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O—.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20000が好ましい。下限は1000以上が好ましい。上限は10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one structure selected from polyester structure, polyether structure, polystyrene structure and poly(meth)acrylic structure. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、架橋性基を含んでいてもよい。架橋性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P10 may contain crosslinkable groups. Crosslinkable groups include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
 他の樹脂として、グラフトポリマー、星形ポリマーおよびポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。このような樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 As the other resin, it is preferable to use at least one selected from graft polymers, star-shaped polymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group. Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
 グラフトポリマーとしては、グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂および上述した式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂などが挙げられる。グラフト鎖としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖が挙げられる。グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、顔料の分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有する基が好ましく、炭素数5~30のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 Examples of the graft polymer include a resin having a repeating unit having a graft chain and a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (Ac-2). Examples of graft chains include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure and a poly(meth)acrylic structure. The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthioether groups, and the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferable, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable. The alkyl group and alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
 グラフトポリマーの具体例としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094、特開2009-203462号公報の段落番号0022~0097、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the graft polymer include paragraph numbers 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, paragraph numbers 0022-0097 of JP-A-2009-203462, and paragraph numbers 0102-0166 of JP-A-2012-255128. Mention may be made of the resins mentioned.
 星形ポリマーとしては、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂が挙げられる。星型ポリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 Star-shaped polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to the core. Specific examples of the star polymer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
 ポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された構造の樹脂が挙げられる。ポリマー鎖の末端を封止する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられる。 As the resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group, at least one end of the polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is A resin having a structure sealed with an acid group can be mentioned. A carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group are examples of the acid group that seals the end of the polymer chain.
 他の樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を用いることもできる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 Other resins can also be used as dispersants. Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g. Further, a basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ、A208F(第一工業製薬(株)製)、H-3606(第一工業製薬(株)製)、サンデットET(三洋化成工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Ajisper series, A208F (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like. In addition, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における特定樹脂の含有量は1~10質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、9質量%以下であることが好ましく、7.5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、1.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The content of the specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 10% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 9% by mass or less, more preferably 7.5% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 1.5% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more.
 樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂中における特定樹脂の含有量は1~30質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、3質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The content of the specific resin in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<<polymerizable compound>>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~2500が好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上がより好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as monomer, prepolymer, oligomer, etc., but monomer is preferred. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100-2500. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基価(以下、C=C価という)は、樹脂組成物の経時安定性の観点から2~14mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、3mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、4mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、5mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は12mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましい。重合性化合物のC=C価は、重合性化合物の1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数を重合性化合物の分子量で割ることで算出した値である。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as C=C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of the stability of the resin composition over time. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of the polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を4個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基の上限は、樹脂組成物の経時安定性の観点から15個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、6個以下であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましく、3~10官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, even more preferably 6 or less, from the viewpoint of the stability of the resin composition over time. Further, the polymerizable compound is preferably a tri- or more functional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and a 3- to 10-functional (meth) acrylate compound. is more preferred, and tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compounds are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970. 2013-253224, paragraphs 0034 to 0038, JP 2012-208494, paragraph 0477, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, the compound described in JP 6031807 , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートおよびこれらの化合物の変性体などが挙げられる。変性体としては、エトキシ化ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートなど、上記の化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がアルキレンオキシ基を介して結合している構造の化合物などが挙げられる。具体例としては、式(Z-4)で表される化合物、式(Z-5)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and modified products of these compounds. mentioned. Modified compounds include compounds having a structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups of the above compounds are bonded through an alkyleneoxy group, such as ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Specific examples include compounds represented by formula (Z-4) and compounds represented by formula (Z-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(Z-4)及び(Z-5)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CHCHO)-、又は-((CHCH(CH)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、水素原子、又はカルボキシ基を表す。式(Z-4)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は3個又は4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は0~40の整数である。式(Z-5)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は5個又は6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は0~60の整数である。 In formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), E is each independently -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- , y each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group. In formula (Z-4), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the sum of m is an integer of 0 to 40. In formula (Z-5), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0-10, and the sum of each n is an integer of 0-60.
 式(Z-4)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(Z-5)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 また、式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)中のE、すなわち-((CHCHO)-又は-((CHCH(CH)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。
In formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4. The sum of m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0-6, more preferably an integer of 0-4. The sum of n is preferably an integer of 3-60, more preferably an integer of 3-24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6-12.
Further, E in formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), that is, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- is A form in which the end on the oxygen atom side is bonded to X is preferred.
 また、重合性化合物としては下記式(Z-6)に示すようなポリペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレートを使用することもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(Z-6)中、X~Xはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、nは1~10の整数を表す。ただし、X~Xの少なくとも一つは(メタ)アクリロイル基である。
Polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylates represented by the following formula (Z-6) can also be used as the polymerizable compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
In formula (Z-6), X 1 to X 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a (meth)acryloyl group, and n represents an integer of 1-10. However, at least one of X 1 to X 6 is a (meth)acryloyl group.
 本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレートおよびこれらの変性体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。市販品としては、KAYARAD D-310、DPHA、DPEA-12(以上、日本化薬(株)製)、NKエステルA-DPH-12E、TPOA-50(新中村化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate and modified products thereof. Seeds are preferred. Commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310, DPHA, DPEA-12 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A-DPH-12E, TPOA-50 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. mentioned.
 また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)、EBECRYL80(ダイセル・オルネクス社製、アミン含有4官能アクリレート)などを用いることもできる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (Toagosei Co., Ltd. ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), EBECRYL80 (manufactured by Daicel Allnex, amine-containing tetrafunctional acrylate) and the like can also be used.
 また、重合性化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy-modified tri(meth)acrylate, ethyleneoxy isocyanurate-modified tri(meth) It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as acrylates and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylates. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.
 また、重合性化合物としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Also, as the polymerizable compound, a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group can be used. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 また、重合性化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 A compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the polymerizable compound. For compounds having a caprolactone structure, the descriptions in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 また、重合性化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 In addition, as the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 また、重合性化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound such as toluene that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 また、重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, urethane acrylates such as those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765 Also suitable are urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-049860, JP-B-56-017654, JP-B-62-039417 and JP-B-62-039418. It is also preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909 and JP-A-01-105238. Further, the polymerizable compound includes UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は、1~30質量%であることが好ましい。上限は25質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 30% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more polymerizable compounds. When two or more polymerizable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することができる。本発明の樹脂組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photoinitiator>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の光重合開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の光重合開始剤などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbi imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketones compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, more preferably oxime compounds. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, the peroxide photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A-2020-055992. An aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2013-190459, a polymer described in JP-A-2020-172619, and International Publication No. 2020/152120. The compound represented by Formula 1 described, the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2022-013379, the formula (1) described in JP-A-2022-015747 ), a fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2021-507058, a photopolymerization initiator described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, JP-A-2022-518535 No. 2021/175855, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2′,4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1′-biimidazole, etc. is mentioned.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 3. 79EG (above, BASF made), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 / 152153, compounds described in WO 2017/051680, compounds described in JP 2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime) and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ) manufactured by ADEKA, photopolymerization initiator 2) described in JP-A-2012-014052. As the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831 and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. mentioned.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、アシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred. A benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclicoxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group. A sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
 オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、式(OX2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す;
 ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
In the formula, R X1 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group,
R X2 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, aryl represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group,
R X3 to R X14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent;
However, at least one of R X10 to R X14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
 電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、アシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。 The electron-withdrawing group includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, preferably an acyl group and a nitro group. is more preferably a group, more preferably a benzoyl group.
 上記式において、RX12が電子求引性基であり、RX10、RX11、RX13、RX14は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. Further, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high from the viewpoint of sensitivity, more preferably 1000 to 300000, further preferably 2000 to 300000, even more preferably 5000 to 200000. It is particularly preferred to have The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤としては、Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)および/またはIrgacure OXE02(BASF社製)と、Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)とを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、樹脂組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the resin composition can be improved. . Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445 ( G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester photoinitiators described in paragraph number 0007 of JP 2017-523465, JP 2017-167399 Photoinitiators described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 and oxime ester photoinitiators.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、1質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less. In the resin composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition. Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxy butanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). .
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 樹脂組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10-95% by mass, more preferably 20-90% by mass, and even more preferably 30-90% by mass.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、樹脂組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として樹脂組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した樹脂組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 In addition, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances from the viewpoint of environmental regulations. In the present invention, "substantially free of environmental regulation substances" means that the content of environmental regulation substances in the resin composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less. , is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These comply with environmental regulations such as the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) Regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Law, and the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) Regulations. It is registered as a substance, and the amount used and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents in the production of components used in the resin composition, and may be mixed into the resin composition as residual solvents. From the viewpoint of safety to humans and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the amount of environmentally regulated substances, there is a method in which the system is heated or decompressed to raise the temperature to the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances or higher, and the environmentally regulated substances are distilled off from the system. In the case of distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to increase the efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from progressing during the vacuum distillation and the intermolecular cross-linking. may These distillation methods are at the stage of raw materials, the stage of reaction products of raw materials (for example, resin solutions and polyfunctional monomer solutions after polymerization), or the stages of resin compositions prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage such as
<<熱硬化剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した樹脂及び重合性化合物以外の成分として熱硬化剤を含有することができる。熱硬化剤としては、環状エーテル基を有する化合物が挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ化合物はエポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Heat curing agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a thermosetting agent as a component other than the resin and polymerizable compound described above. A heat curing agent includes a compound having a cyclic ether group. Cyclic ether groups include epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups. The epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. The alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably two or more. As the epoxy compound, paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraph numbers 0147-0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, paragraph numbers 0085-0092 of JP-A-2014-089408. Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. The contents of these are incorporated herein.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 2000, further molecular weight less than 1000), or a macromolecular compound (e.g., molecular weight 1000 or more, weight-average molecular weight in the case of polymer is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200-100,000, more preferably 500-50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物として後述する実施例に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (these are epoxy group-containing polymers manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like. Further, as the compound having a cyclic ether group, the compounds described in the examples described later can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における熱硬化剤の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。熱硬化剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the thermosetting agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of thermosetting agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<ポリアルキレンイミン>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、樹脂組成物中において顔料などの色材の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。ポリアルキレンイミンは1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<<Polyalkyleneimine>>
The resin composition of the present invention can also contain a polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids for pigments. A dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of a coloring material such as a pigment in a resin composition. Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100000以下であることが好ましく、50000以下であることがより好ましく、10000以下であることが更に好ましく、2000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. Regarding the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine, when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. When the boiling point elevation method cannot be used or the measurement is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when the viscosity method cannot be measured or the measurement by the viscosity method is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
 アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine and the like, preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more. Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は0.1~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、4質量%以下であることがより好ましく、3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることが好ましく、8質量部以下であることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. Also, the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/056189号の段落番号0094~0097に記載の化合物、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246~0253に記載の化合物、特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186~0251に記載の化合物、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071~0080に記載の化合物、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第5765059号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載のカルボキシ基含有エポキシ硬化剤などが挙げられる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<<Curing accelerator>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Curing accelerators include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of WO 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, JP 2013-041165 Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of the publication, ionic compounds described in JP 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraphs 0071 to 0080 of JP 2012-150180, JP 2011-253054 Alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2005-200157, compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and carboxy group-containing epoxy curing agents described in JP-A-2017-036379. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物などが挙げられる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズ、住化ケムテックス(株)製のSumisorbシリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物、国際公開第2020/137819号に記載されたチオアリール基置換ベンゾトリアゾール型紫外線吸収剤を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
<<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814. 0334, and compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available UV absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. . Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). In addition, the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987, and WO 2020/137819. A thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%であることが好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<polymerization inhibitor>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本明細書において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~10質量%であることがより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As used herein, a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction. Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group and isocyanate group. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy Propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503), and the like. Further, specific examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass. Only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactant>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For surfactants, reference can be made to surfactants described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、樹脂組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the resin composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、R-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上、(株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560 , F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41, R -41-LM, RS-43, R-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH- 40 (manufactured by AGC), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), Futergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 710 FS , FTX-218 (manufactured by NEOS Corporation) and the like.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えば、メガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 The fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable. Available. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Mega Fac DS-21.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant. Such fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. The fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 A fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorosurfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 or more carbon atoms.
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, X a+ is an a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm Wa Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Oil Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
A compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.005~3質量%であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3% by mass. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidant>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. The antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule. Phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used as antioxidants. As a phosphorus antioxidant, tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl ) oxy]ethyl]amine, ethyl bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. In addition, antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in WO 2017/006600, compounds described in WO 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<<Other Ingredients>>
The resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, release accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Moreover, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified. Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. Metal oxides may have a core-shell structure. Moreover, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落番号0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落番号0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落番号0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落番号0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落番号0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落番号0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落番号0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落番号0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落番号0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落番号0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落番号0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver. As the light resistance improver, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0029-0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, JP-A-2017-129774 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037, 0049 to 0052 of JP 2017-129674 JP 2017-129674 paragraph numbers 0031 to 0034, 0058 to 0059 compounds described in JP 2017-122803 paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 , compounds described in 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0047 of JP 2017-186546, JP 2015-025116 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2012-145604, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101-0125 of JP-A-2012-103475, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018-0021 of JP-A-2012-103475, in particular Compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of JP 2011-257591, compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP 2011-191483, described in paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP 2011-145668 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0103 to 0153 of JP-A-2011-253174.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、樹脂組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of the terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, in the total amount of the resin composition. Zero is particularly preferred.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。金属の種類は特に限定されないが、アルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属、遷移金属、Al、Sn、Pb、Biなどが挙げられる。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換重視による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. The type of metal is not particularly limited, but examples include alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, Al, Sn, Pb, and Bi. Also, the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include methods such as washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification by emphasizing ion exchange.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の樹脂組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない樹脂組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の樹脂組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the perspective of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be regulated. In the resin composition of the present invention, when the content of the above compounds is reduced, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid The content of fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01ppb to 1,000ppb with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. is preferably in the range of , more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected. Compounds that can substitute for the regulated compounds include, for example, compounds excluded from the regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above contents do not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum permissible range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and adjusting the film thickness. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s, more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s at 25°C. As a method for measuring the viscosity, for example, a cone-plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25°C.
<<収容容器>>
 樹脂組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、樹脂組成物の経時安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<<Container>>
The storage container for the resin composition is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resins and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resins are used for the purpose of suppressing contamination of raw materials and resin compositions. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the stability of the resin composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<樹脂組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。樹脂組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して樹脂組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して樹脂組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components. In preparing the resin composition, all components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the resin composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions. , these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of coating) to prepare a resin composition.
 また、樹脂組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In pulverizing the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629. Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel and glass. An inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads. The composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
 樹脂組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、樹脂組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。  In preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01-3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value. Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。また組成物の親疎水性に合わせて、適宜フィルタを選択することができる。 When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed. In addition, the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity of the composition.
<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の樹脂組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタおよび近赤外線カットフィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the resin composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters and near-infrared cut filters.
 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、緑色、青色またはシアン色の色相を有することがより好ましく、緑色の色相を有することが更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることがより好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow, and may have a hue of green, blue or cyan. More preferably, it has a green hue. Moreover, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels are more preferable.
<膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成することで、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。
<Method for producing membrane>
Next, the method for producing the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention can be produced through the step of applying the resin composition of the present invention. Preferably, the film manufacturing method further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixels). A method for forming the pattern (pixels) includes a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable. By forming a pattern by photolithography using the resin composition of the present invention, generation of development residue can be further suppressed.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する工程と、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、樹脂組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and exposing the resin composition layer to light. forming a pattern (pixels) by developing and removing the exposed portion. If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 樹脂組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming a resin composition layer, the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a resin composition layer on a support. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples thereof include glass substrates and silicon substrates, and silicon substrates are preferred. Also, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. In some cases, the silicon substrate is formed with a black matrix that isolates each pixel. In addition, the silicon substrate may be provided with an underlying layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80° when measured with water.
 樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えば、オンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、樹脂組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A known method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. For example, dropping method (drop cast); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); methods described in publications); inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Examples include various printing methods; transfer methods using molds and the like; nanoimprinting methods and the like. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited. 133 page), and methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, etc. mentioned. In addition, regarding the coating method of the resin composition, the descriptions of WO2017/030174 and WO2017/018419 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 支持体上に形成した樹脂組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). Pre-baking may not be performed when the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process. When pre-baking is performed, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher. The pre-bake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。光源としては、無電極紫外線ランプシステム、紫外線と赤外線のハイブリッド硬化を使用することができる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. A long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used. As a light source, an electrodeless UV lamp system, a hybrid curing of UV and IR can be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that the pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The dose (exposure dose) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected. The exposure may be in an oxygen-free atmosphere, or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, illuminance of 10000 W/m 2 at oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and illuminance of 20000 W/m 2 at oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
 次に、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。樹脂組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の樹脂組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer are removed by development to form a pattern (pixels). The development and removal of the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer can be performed using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portion of the resin composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、さらに界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の樹脂組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の樹脂組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 The developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene, etc. Examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. A compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the resin composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the resin composition layer after development is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. A similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100~300℃が好ましく、200~270℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300.degree. C., more preferably 200 to 270.degree. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions. . When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成し、この樹脂組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Pattern formation by a dry etching method includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer; a step of patternwise exposing the photoresist layer and then developing it to form a resist pattern; and etching the cured layer using the resist pattern as a mask. and dry etching using a gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-baking process. In particular, as the formation process of the photoresist layer, a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed is desirable. Regarding pattern formation by a dry etching method, descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタおよび近赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましく、着色画素として本発明の膜を有することがより好ましく、赤色画素として本発明の膜を有することが更に好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above. Types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, and near-infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. The color filter preferably has the film of the invention as its pixels, more preferably has the film of the invention as its color pixels, and even more preferably has the film of the invention as its red pixels.
 光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing the protective layer, it is possible to impart various functions such as blocking oxygen, reducing reflection, making the film hydrophilic and hydrophobic, and blocking light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.). The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01-10 μm, more preferably 0.1-5 μm. Examples of the method of forming the protective layer include a method of applying a protective layer-forming resin composition, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of bonding a molded resin with an adhesive. Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, and polyimides. Resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, polyol resins, polyvinylidene chloride resins, melamine resins, urethane resins, aramid resins, polyamide resins, alkyd resins, epoxy resins, modified silicone resins, fluorine Resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended to block oxygen, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . In the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When a resin composition is applied to form a protective layer, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and ink-jetting can be used as methods for applying the resin composition. Known organic solvents (eg, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used as the organic solvent contained in the resin composition. When the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method, the chemical vapor deposition method includes known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 If necessary, the protective layer contains organic/inorganic fine particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesion agents, additives such as surfactants. may contain. Examples of organic/inorganic fine particles include polymeric fine particles (eg, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like. A known absorber can be used as the absorber for light of a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layers described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state image sensor>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 A plurality of photodiodes and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the substrate, forming the light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.). and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion. and a color filter on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same shall apply hereinafter) on the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side close to the substrate), or a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, etc. There may be. Moreover, the color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. Further, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-211559, an ultraviolet absorption layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging device to improve light resistance. An imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an imaging function (mobile phones, etc.), but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and monitoring cameras.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Examples of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. For a definition of an image display device and details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", "Display Device (written by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho ( Co., Ltd.) issued in 1989). Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be described more specifically below with reference to examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<樹脂P1~P65、CP1、CP2について>
 樹脂P1~P65、CP1、CP2は、下記表の化合物b-1に記載の化合物と、化合物b-2の欄に記載の化合物と、化合物b-3の欄に記載の化合物と、化合物b-4の欄に記載の化合物とのランダム共重合体である。すなわち、樹脂P1~P65、CP1、CP2は、化合物b-1に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位と、化合物b-2に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位と、化合物b-3に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位と、化合物b-4に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位を有するランダム共重合体である。なお、化合物b-1に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位は酸基を含む繰り返し単位であり、化合物b-2に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位は塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2であり、化合物b-3に記載の化合物由来の繰り返し単位はポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位である。
<Resins P1 to P65, CP1 and CP2>
Resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are the compounds described in the column of compound b-1, the compounds described in the column of compound b-2, the compounds described in the column of compound b-3, and the compound b- in the table below. It is a random copolymer with the compound described in column 4. That is, the resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are composed of a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-1, a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-2, and a repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-3. It is a random copolymer having repeating units and repeating units derived from the compound described in compound b-4. Incidentally, the repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-1 is a repeating unit containing an acid group, the repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-2 is a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, The repeating unit derived from the compound described in compound b-3 is a repeating unit containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
(化合物b-1)
 b-1-2、b-1-3、b-1-6、b-1-14:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(Compound b-1)
b-1-2, b-1-3, b-1-6, b-1-14: compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(化合物b-2)
 b-2-1~b-2-22:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(Compound b-2)
b-2-1 to b-2-22: compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(化合物b-3)
 b-3-2、b-3-3、b-3-5、b-3-6、b-3-9、b-3-11、b-3-13、b-3-17、b-3-18、b-3-19:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(Compound b-3)
b-3-2, b-3-3, b-3-5, b-3-6, b-3-9, b-3-11, b-3-13, b-3-17, b- 3-18, b-3-19: compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(化合物b-4)
 b-4-1~b-4-6:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(Compound b-4)
b-4-1 to b-4-6: compounds having the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 樹脂P1~P65、CP1、CP2の酸価、塩基価、塩基価に対する酸価の比(酸価/塩基価)、重量平均分子量は以下の通りである。 The acid value, base value, ratio of acid value to base value (acid value/base value), and weight average molecular weight of resins P1 to P65, CP1, and CP2 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
<樹脂CP3について>
 樹脂CP3は、以下の方法で合成したブロック共重合体である。
 還流管、ガス導入装置、温度計および撹拌装置を取り付けたセパラブルフラスコに、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの303質量部、ヨウ素の3.6質量部、2,2’-アゾビス(4-メトキシ-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)の17.7質量部、メチルメタクリレートの77.7質量部、ブチルメタクリレートの77.7質量部、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレートの38.8質量部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートの38.8質量部、ベンジルメタクリレートの19.4質量部、メタクリル酸の50.0質量部および3,5-ジt-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシトルエンの1.0質量部を仕込んだ。そして、窒素を流しながら40℃で7時間重合し、Aポリマーブロックの溶液を得た。固形分から算出したAポリマーブロックの重合率は90.4%であった。また、Aポリマーブロックの数平均分子量は7400、分子量分布(PDI)は1.35、ピークトップ分子量は10200、酸価は107.5mgKOH/gであった。
 次いで、得られたAブロックポリマー溶液を40℃に保ったまま、2-ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレートの62.8質量部、2,2’-アゾビス(4-メトキシ-2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)の1.3質量部およびプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの62.8質量部の混合液を添加し、同温度で4時間重合してBポリマーブロックを形成した。そして、窒素の流通を停止した後、80℃に加温して、ポリマー鎖の末端に結合したヨウ素を遊離させることにより、A-Bブロックコポリマーである樹脂CP3を含有するポリマー溶液を得た。なお、ヨウ素の遊離については、ポリマー溶液が褐色透明の液体となったことにより判断した。得られたA-Bブロックコポリマーの溶液の固形分は、48.9質量%であり、固形分から算出したBポリマーブロックの重合率はほぼ100%であった。また、A-Bブロックコポリマー(樹脂CP3)の数平均分子量は9500、PDIは1.40、ピークトップ分子量は13500であり、酸価は88.8mgKOH/gで、アミン価は61.2mgKOH/gであった。また、Bポリマーブロックの数平均分子量は2100であった。
<Resin CP3>
Resin CP3 is a block copolymer synthesized by the following method.
303 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3.6 parts by mass of iodine, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2, 4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 17.7 parts by mass, methyl methacrylate 77.7 parts by mass, butyl methacrylate 77.7 parts by mass, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate 38.8 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate 38.8 parts 19.4 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 50.0 parts by weight of methacrylic acid and 1.0 parts by weight of 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were charged. Then, polymerization was carried out at 40° C. for 7 hours while flowing nitrogen to obtain a solution of A polymer block. The polymerization rate of the A polymer block calculated from the solid content was 90.4%. The number average molecular weight of the A polymer block was 7400, the molecular weight distribution (PDI) was 1.35, the peak top molecular weight was 10200, and the acid value was 107.5 mgKOH/g.
Next, while the resulting A block polymer solution was kept at 40° C., 62.8 parts by mass of 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and 2,2′-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) were added. A mixture of 1.3 parts by mass and 62.8 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was added and polymerized at the same temperature for 4 hours to form a B polymer block. Then, after stopping the flow of nitrogen, the mixture was heated to 80° C. to release the iodine bound to the ends of the polymer chains, thereby obtaining a polymer solution containing resin CP3, which is an AB block copolymer. The liberation of iodine was determined by the fact that the polymer solution became a brown transparent liquid. The resulting AB block copolymer solution had a solid content of 48.9% by mass, and the polymerization rate of the B polymer block calculated from the solid content was almost 100%. The AB block copolymer (resin CP3) has a number average molecular weight of 9500, a PDI of 1.40, a peak top molecular weight of 13500, an acid value of 88.8 mgKOH/g, and an amine value of 61.2 mgKOH/g. Met. Also, the number average molecular weight of the B polymer block was 2,100.
<顔料分散液の製造>
 下記表に記載の素材を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(0.1mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後、さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機(NANO-3000-10、日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000MPaの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返して各顔料分散液を製造した。下記表に記載の数値は質量部での値である。また、各顔料分散液中の顔料の平均粒子径(nm)、粘度の値(mPa・s)を合わせて記載する。なお、顔料の平均粒子径は、多検体ナノ粒子径測定システム(nanoSAQLA、大塚電子社製)を用いて動的光散乱法にて測定し、顔料分散液の粘度は顔料分散液の温度を25℃に調整して測定した。
<Production of pigment dispersion>
After mixing and dispersing the mixed liquid obtained by mixing the materials listed in the table below for 3 hours using a bead mill (using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 mm), a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reduction mechanism (NANO-3000-10, (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.), the dispersion treatment was performed under a pressure of 2000 MPa and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to produce each pigment dispersion. The numerical values shown in the table below are the values in parts by mass. In addition, the average particle diameter (nm) and the viscosity value (mPa·s) of the pigment in each pigment dispersion are also described. The average particle size of the pigment is measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a multi-analyte nanoparticle size measurement system (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.), and the viscosity of the pigment dispersion is measured at a temperature of 25°C. ℃ and measured.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
 上記表の略語で記載した素材の詳細は以下の通りである。
(分散剤)
 分散剤1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量28000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
The details of the materials described by abbreviations in the above table are as follows.
(dispersant)
Dispersant 1: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 28,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(顔料)
 PR254 : C.I.ピグメントレッド254(赤色顔料)
 PR272 : C.I.ピグメントレッド272(赤色顔料)
 PY139 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(黄色顔料)
 PY185 : カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー185(黄色顔料)
 PG36 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(緑色顔料)
 PG58 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(緑色顔料)
 PB15:6 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(青色顔料)
 PV23 : C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(紫色顔料)
 PBk32 : C.I.ピグメントブラック32(有機黒色顔料)
 IR色材1:下記構造の化合物(近赤外線吸収顔料)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 チタンブラック1:13M-T(三菱マテリアル(株)製)
 カーボンブラック1:カラーブラック S170(デグサ社製、平均一次粒子径17nm、BET比表面積200m/g、ガスブラック方式により製造されたカーボンブラック)
(pigment)
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment)
PR272: C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 (red pigment)
PY139: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (yellow pigment)
PY185: Color Index Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment)
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (green pigment)
PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment)
PB15:6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment)
PV23: C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (purple pigment)
PBk32: C.I. I. Pigment Black 32 (organic black pigment)
IR colorant 1: compound having the following structure (near-infrared absorbing pigment)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Titanium Black 1:13M-T (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation)
Carbon black 1: Color black S170 (manufactured by Degussa, average primary particle diameter 17 nm, BET specific surface area 200 m 2 /g, carbon black produced by gas black method)
(誘導体)
 誘導体1~3:下記構造の化合物(顔料誘導体)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(derivative)
Derivatives 1 to 3: compounds having the following structures (pigment derivatives)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(溶剤)
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール
(solvent)
Solvent 1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone Solvent 3: 1-methoxy-2-propanol
<樹脂組成物の製造>
(実施例1~93、比較例1~3)
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各樹脂組成物を製造した。
<Production of resin composition>
(Examples 1 to 93, Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
Each material was mixed at a ratio of Formula 1 shown below and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce each resin composition.
(処方1)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・588.21質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・1.5質量部
 重合性化合物2   ・・・1.5質量部
 下記表に記載の特定樹脂   ・・・下記表に記載の質量部
 バインダー樹脂1   ・・・下記表に記載の質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・2質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.15質量部
 熱硬化剤1   ・・・0.5質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・200質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・100質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・21.96質量部
(Prescription 1)
Pigment dispersion described in the table below...588.21 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1...1.5 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 2...1.5 parts by mass Specific resins listed in the table below... Parts by mass listed in the table below Binder resin 1 Parts by mass listed in the table below Photoinitiator 1 2 parts by mass Surfactant 1 0.15 parts by mass Thermosetting agent 1 . 0.5 parts by mass Solvent 1: 200 parts by mass Solvent 2: 100 parts by mass Solvent 3: 21.96 parts by mass
(実施例94~127、比較例4~6)
 各素材を、以下に示す処方2の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各樹脂組成物を製造した。
(Examples 94-127, Comparative Examples 4-6)
Each material was mixed at the ratio of Formula 2 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce each resin composition.
(処方2)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・588.21質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・3.0質量部
 下記表に記載の特定樹脂   ・・・下記表に記載の質量部
 バインダー樹脂1   ・・・下記表に記載の質量部
 光重合開始剤2   ・・・5.05質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.15質量部
 熱硬化剤1   ・・・0.5質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・102.3質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・15質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・15質量部
(Prescription 2)
Pigment dispersion described in the table below...588.21 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1...3.0 parts by mass Specified resin listed in the table below...Parts by mass listed in the table below Binder resin 1... Parts by mass listed in the table below Photoinitiator 2...5.05 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.15 parts by mass Thermosetting agent 1...0.5 parts by mass Solvent 1... 102.3 parts by mass Solvent 2: 15 parts by mass Solvent 3: 15 parts by mass
 重合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)
 重合性化合物2:KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)
 バインダー樹脂1:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量25000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 光重合開始剤1:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製、オキシム化合物)
 光重合開始剤2:Irgacure OXE03(BASF社製、オキシム化合物)
 界面活性剤1:KF6001(信越化学工業(株)製、シリコーン系界面活性剤)
 熱硬化剤1:下記構造の化合物T-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール
Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymerizable compound 2: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Binder resin 1: resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 25,000, the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Photoinitiator 1: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
Photopolymerization initiator 2: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
Surfactant 1: KF6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone-based surfactant)
Thermosetting agent 1: compound T-1 having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Solvent 1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone Solvent 3: 1-methoxy-2-propanol
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
<性能評価>
(経時欠陥)
 製造直後の樹脂組成物を45℃で7日間保管した。その後、樹脂組成物を下塗り層付ガラス基板上にプリベーク後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間プリベークを行って膜を形成した。得られた膜について、1cm四方の部分を光学顕微鏡で観察し、0.5μm以上のサイズの結晶状の欠陥の数をカウントして下記評価基準に従って経時欠陥を評価した。
 5:欠陥の数が0個
 4:欠陥の数が1~3個
 3:欠陥の数が4~6個
 2:欠陥の数が7~9個
 1:欠陥の数が10個以上
<Performance evaluation>
(Defects over time)
The resin composition immediately after production was stored at 45°C for 7 days. Thereafter, the resin composition was applied onto the undercoat layer-attached glass substrate using a spin coater so that the film thickness after prebaking was 1.0 μm, and the film was prebaked using a hot plate at 100° C. for 120 seconds. formed. A 1 cm square portion of the resulting film was observed with an optical microscope, and the number of crystalline defects having a size of 0.5 μm or more was counted to evaluate defects over time according to the following evaluation criteria.
5: The number of defects is 0 4: The number of defects is 1 to 3 3: The number of defects is 4 to 6 2: The number of defects is 7 to 9 1: The number of defects is 10 or more
(現像残渣)
 8インチ(20.32cm)シリコンウエハ上に、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成した後、下地層付シリコンウエハ(支持体)を得た。次いで、各樹脂組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.8μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱した。そして、1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して、i線ステッパー露光装置(FPA-3000i5+、キヤノン(株)製)を使用して365nmの波長の光を1000mJ/cmの露光量で照射して露光した。その後、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウエハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、現像液(CD-2000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。現像後、シリコンウエハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってシリコンウエハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、画素(パターン)を形成した。
 画素が形成されたシリコンウエハについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM、倍率:10000)で観察し、下記評価基準に従って現像残渣を評価した。
 5:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)には、残渣がまったく確認されなかった
 4:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がごくわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 3:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 2:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣が確認された
 1:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣が著しく確認された
(Development residue)
On an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer, a spin coater was applied so that the composition for forming the underlayer (CT-4000, manufactured by Fuji Film Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was post-baked to a thickness of 0.1 μm. and heated at 220° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate to form a base layer, and then a silicon wafer (support) with a base layer was obtained. Then, each resin composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.8 μm, and heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate. Then, through a 1.0 μm square dot pattern mask, using an i-line stepper exposure device (FPA-3000i5+, manufactured by Canon Inc.), light with a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2 . and exposed. Thereafter, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film is formed is placed on a horizontal rotating table of a spin shower developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and a developing solution (CD-2000, A 60% diluted solution (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used for puddle development at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the silicon wafer is fixed on a horizontal rotary table by a vacuum chuck method, and while the silicon wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm by a rotating device, deionized water is supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle from above the rotation center to rinse. Treated and spray dried. Further, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200° C. to form pixels (patterns).
The silicon wafer on which the pixels were formed was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM, magnification: 10000), and development residues were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
5: No residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area). 4: A very small amount of residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area). 3: A slight amount of residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but it was not a problem in practice. 2: Outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area). 1: Remarkable residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area)
(経時安定性)
 製造直後の樹脂組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、粘度計(RE-85L、東機産業(株)製)にて測定した。その後、樹脂組成物を45℃、遮光、5日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従って経時安定性を評価した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、樹脂組成物の経時安定性が良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、樹脂組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。いずれの測定も3回測定を行い、平均値を用いた。
 5:ΔVisが0.2mPa・s以下であった
 4:ΔVisが0.2mPa・sを超え、0.3mPa・s以下であった
 3:ΔVisが0.3mPa・sを超え、0.5mPa・s以下であった
 2:ΔVisが0.5mPa・sを超え、1.0mPa・s以下であった
 1:ΔVisが1.0mPa・sを超えた
(Stability over time)
The viscosity (mPa·s) of the resin composition immediately after production was measured with a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). After that, the resin composition was allowed to stand under the conditions of 45° C. and light shielding for 5 days, and the viscosity (mPa·s) was measured again. Stability over time was evaluated from the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after standing according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the numerical value of the viscosity difference (ΔVis), the better the stability over time of the resin composition. All of the above viscosity measurements were performed in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled at 22±5°C and 60±20%, and the temperature of the resin composition was adjusted to 25°C. Each measurement was performed three times and the average value was used.
5: ΔVis was 0.2 mPa s or less 4: ΔVis was more than 0.2 mPa s and was 0.3 mPa s or less 3: ΔVis was more than 0.3 mPa s and 0.5 mPa s s or less 2: ΔVis exceeded 0.5 mPa s and was 1.0 mPa s or less 1: ΔVis exceeded 1.0 mPa s
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
 上記表に示すように、実施例は、経時欠陥、現像残渣および経時安定性の評価が優れていた。 As shown in the table above, the examples were excellent in evaluation of defects over time, development residue, and stability over time.
 実施例に記載の樹脂組成物から得られる膜は、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。 The films obtained from the resin compositions described in Examples can be suitably used for optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
 実施例43において、重合性化合物2を、以下に示す構造の化合物M-2またはM-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
In Example 43, similar effects were obtained even when polymerizable compound 2 was changed to compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 実施例43において、光重合開始剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物I-2~I-5に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
In Example 43, similar effects were obtained even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-5 having the structures shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 実施例43において、熱硬化剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物T-2またはT-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
In Example 43, similar effects were obtained even when the thermosetting agent 1 was changed to compound T-2 or T-3 having the structure shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 実施例43において、界面活性剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14,000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)またはPolyFox PF6320(OMNOVA社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
In Example 43, surfactant 1 was a compound having the structure shown below (weight-average molecular weight of 14,000, percentage of repeating units is mol%, fluorosurfactant) or PolyFox PF6320 ( A similar effect was obtained even when the surfactant was changed to a fluorosurfactant manufactured by OMNOVA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

Claims (16)

  1.  色材Aと、樹脂Bとを含む樹脂組成物であって、
     前記色材Aは、顔料を含み、
     前記樹脂Bは、酸基を含む繰り返し単位b-1と、塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位b-2と、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含む繰り返し単位b-3を含むランダム共重合体b1を含む、樹脂組成物。
    A resin composition containing a coloring material A and a resin B,
    The coloring material A contains a pigment,
    The resin B includes a repeating unit b-1 containing an acid group, a repeating unit b-2 containing a basic group, and a random copolymer b1 containing a repeating unit b-3 containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. Composition.
  2.  前記ランダム共重合体b1は、塩基価に対する酸価の比が0.2~20である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value to base value ratio of 0.2 to 20.
  3.  前記繰り返し単位b-3の分子量が350~1500である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit b-3 has a molecular weight of 350 to 1,500.
  4.  前記ポリアルキレンオキシ構造が、ポリエチレンオキシ構造である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyalkyleneoxy structure is a polyethyleneoxy structure.
  5.  前記ランダム共重合体b1の酸価が40~120mgKOH/gである、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the random copolymer b1 has an acid value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  6.  前記ランダム共重合体b1の塩基価が40~120mgKOH/gである、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the random copolymer b1 has a base value of 40 to 120 mgKOH/g.
  7.  前記繰り返し単位b-2は、共役酸のpKaが9.5以上の化合物由来の繰り返し単位である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit b-2 is a repeating unit derived from a compound having a conjugate acid pKa of 9.5 or higher.
  8.  前記ランダム共重合体b1は、更に、芳香族環を2以上含む基、複素環基を含む基および縮合環を含む基から選ばれる官能基Xを有する繰り返し単位b-4を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 Claim 1, wherein the random copolymer b1 further comprises a repeating unit b-4 having a functional group X selected from a group containing two or more aromatic rings, a group containing a heterocyclic group, and a group containing a condensed ring. Or the resin composition according to 2.
  9.  前記樹脂B中における前記ランダム共重合体b1の含有量が1~30質量%である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the random copolymer b1 in the resin B is 1 to 30% by mass.
  10.  前記樹脂組成物の全固形分中における前記ランダム共重合体b1の含有量が1~10質量%である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the random copolymer b1 in the total solid content of the resin composition is 1 to 10% by mass.
  11.  前記色材Aは顔料誘導体を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the coloring material A contains a pigment derivative.
  12.  更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
  13.  請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物から得られる膜。 A film obtained from the resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  14.  請求項13に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。 An optical filter having the film according to claim 13.
  15.  請求項13に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the film according to claim 13.
  16.  請求項13に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 13.
PCT/JP2022/046296 2021-12-24 2022-12-16 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device WO2023120387A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-210551 2021-12-24
JP2021210551 2021-12-24
JP2022-171385 2022-10-26
JP2022171385 2022-10-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023120387A1 true WO2023120387A1 (en) 2023-06-29

Family

ID=86902574

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/046296 WO2023120387A1 (en) 2021-12-24 2022-12-16 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202330802A (en)
WO (1) WO2023120387A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015147857A (en) * 2014-02-06 2015-08-20 東レ株式会社 Electroconductive film
JP2021046479A (en) * 2019-09-18 2021-03-25 大日精化工業株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition and colorant for color filter
JP2021148934A (en) * 2020-03-18 2021-09-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured material, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
WO2022168743A1 (en) * 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015147857A (en) * 2014-02-06 2015-08-20 東レ株式会社 Electroconductive film
JP2021046479A (en) * 2019-09-18 2021-03-25 大日精化工業株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition and colorant for color filter
JP2021148934A (en) * 2020-03-18 2021-09-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured material, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
WO2022168743A1 (en) * 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202330802A (en) 2023-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
JP7462807B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023085072A1 (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JPWO2020022248A1 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2020013089A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022168743A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP7198819B2 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7095091B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2021002237A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
WO2023120387A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2023145699A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023145700A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023162791A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element
WO2023149272A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023157741A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023157740A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023149273A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023162790A1 (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023120343A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22911095

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1